Commit Graph

8451 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Bruce Momjian c8e1ba736b Update copyright for 2023
Backpatch-through: 11
2023-01-02 15:00:37 -05:00
Tom Lane 2ceea5adb0 Accept "+infinity" in date and timestamp[tz] input.
The float and numeric types accept this variant spelling of
"infinity", so it seems like the datetime types should too.

Vik Fearing, some cosmetic mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d0bef637-2dbd-0a5d-e539-48243b6f6c5e@postgresfriends.org
2023-01-01 14:16:07 -05:00
Michael Paquier 7aa81c61ec Fix precision handling for some COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX functions
f193883 has been incorrectly setting up the precision used in the
timestamp compilations returned by the following functions:
- LOCALTIME
- LOCALTIMESTAMP
- CURRENT_TIME
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP

Specifying an out-of-range precision for CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and
LOCALTIMESTAMP was raising a WARNING without adjusting the precision,
leading to a subsequent error.  LOCALTIME and CURRENT_TIME raised a
WARNING without an error, still the precision given to the internal
routines was not correct, so let's be clean.

Ian has reported the problems in timestamp.c, while I have noticed the
ones in date.c.  Regression tests are added for all of them with
precisions high enough to provide coverage for the warnings, something
that went missing up to this commit.

Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=jQEnn9sYG+N752spt68wMrhmT-ocHCh4oeNmHF82QMWA@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-30 20:47:57 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 1f605b82ba Change argument of appendBinaryStringInfo from char * to void *
There is some code that uses this function to assemble some kind of
packed binary layout, which requires a bunch of casts because of this.
Functions taking binary data plus length should take void * instead,
like memcpy() for example.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a0086cfc-ff0f-2827-20fe-52b591d2666c%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-30 11:05:09 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 33a33f0ba4 Use appendStringInfoString instead of appendBinaryStringInfo where possible
For the jsonpath output, we don't need to squeeze out every bit of
performance, so instead use a more robust coding style.  There are
similar calls in jsonb.c, which we leave alone here since there is
indeed a performance impact for bulk exports.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a0086cfc-ff0f-2827-20fe-52b591d2666c%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-30 11:05:09 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut faf3750657 Add const to BufFileWrite
Make data buffer argument to BufFileWrite a const pointer and bubble
this up to various callers and related APIs.  This makes the APIs
clearer and more consistent.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/11dda853-bb5b-59ba-a746-e168b1ce4bdb%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-30 10:12:24 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 5f2f99c9c6 Remove unnecessary casts
Some code carefully cast all data buffer arguments for data write and
read function calls to void *, even though the respective arguments
are already void *.  Remove this unnecessary clutter.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/11dda853-bb5b-59ba-a746-e168b1ce4bdb%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-30 10:12:24 +01:00
Tom Lane a5434c5258 Remove new locale dependency in regproc regression test.
The modified error message for regcollationin failure includes
the database encoding, which it should've occurred to me is a
portability hazard for the regression tests.  Adjust the test
so the expected output doesn't include that.

In passing, fix a comment typo introduced in b8c0ffbd2.

Per buildfarm.
2022-12-27 13:06:42 -05:00
Tom Lane 3ea7329c9a Simplify the implementations of the to_reg* functions.
Given the soft-input-error feature, we can reduce these functions
to be just thin wrappers around a soft-error call of the
corresponding datatype input function.  This means less code and
more certainty that the to_reg* functions match the normal input
behavior.

Notably, it also means that they will accept numeric OID input,
which they didn't before.  It's not clear to me if that omission
had more than laziness behind it, but it doesn't seem like
something we need to work hard to preserve.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3910031.1672095600@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 12:33:04 -05:00
Tom Lane 858e776c84 Convert the reg* input functions to report (most) errors softly.
This is not really complete, but it catches most cases of practical
interest.  The main omissions are:

* regtype, regprocedure, and regoperator parse type names by
calling the main grammar, so any grammar-detected syntax error
will still be a hard error.  Also, if one includes a type
modifier in such a type specification, errors detected by the
typmodin function will be hard errors.

* Lookup errors are handled just by passing missing_ok = true
to the relevant catalog lookup function.  Because we've used
quite a restrictive definition of "missing_ok", this means that
edge cases such as "the named schema exists, but you lack
USAGE permission on it" are still hard errors.

It would make sense to me to replace most/all missing_ok
parameters with an escontext parameter and then allow these
additional lookup failure cases to be trapped too.  But that's
a job for some other day.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3342239.1671988406@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 12:26:01 -05:00
Tom Lane 78212f2101 Convert tsqueryin and tsvectorin to report errors softly.
This is slightly tedious because the adjustments cascade through
a couple of levels of subroutines, but it's not very hard.
I chose to avoid changing function signatures more than absolutely
necessary, by passing the escontext pointer in existing structs
where possible.

tsquery's nuisance NOTICEs about empty queries are suppressed in
soft-error mode, since they're not errors and we surely don't want
them to be shown to the user anyway.  Maybe that whole behavior
should be reconsidered.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3824377.1672076822@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 12:00:31 -05:00
Tom Lane eb8312a22a Detect bad input for types xid, xid8, and cid.
Historically these input functions just called strtoul or strtoull
and returned the result, with no error detection whatever.  Upgrade
them to reject garbage input and out-of-range values, similarly to
our other numeric input routines.

To share the code for this with type oid, adjust the existing
"oidin_subr" to be agnostic about the SQL name of the type it is
handling, and move it to numutils.c; then clone it for 64-bit types.

Because the xid types previously accepted hex and octal input by
reason of calling strtoul[l] with third argument zero, I made the
common subroutine do that too, with the consequence that type oid
now also accepts hex and octal input.  In view of 6fcda9aba, that
seems like a good thing.

While at it, simplify the existing over-complicated handling of
syntax errors from strtoul: we only need one ereturn not three.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3526121.1672000729@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-27 11:40:01 -05:00
Amit Kapila 5de94a041e Add 'logical_decoding_mode' GUC.
This enables streaming or serializing changes immediately in logical
decoding. This parameter is intended to be used to test logical decoding
and replication of large transactions for which otherwise we need to
generate the changes till logical_decoding_work_mem is reached.

This helps in reducing the timing of existing tests related to logical
replication of in-progress transactions and will help in writing tests for
for the upcoming feature for parallelly applying large in-progress
transactions.

Author: Shi yu
Reviewed-by: Sawada Masahiko, Shveta Mallik, Amit Kapila, Dilip Kumar, Kuroda Hayato, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSZPR01MB63104E7449DBE41932DB19F1FD1B9@OSZPR01MB6310.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2022-12-26 08:58:16 +05:30
Tom Lane 442e25d248 Convert enum_in() to report errors softly.
I missed this in my initial survey, probably because I examined
the contents of pg_type in the postgres database, which lacks
any enumerated types.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-25 14:32:30 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan e37fe1db6e Convert jsonpath's input function to report errors softly
Reviewed by Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a8dc5700-c341-3ba8-0507-cc09881e6200@dunslane.net
2022-12-24 15:21:20 -05:00
Tom Lane 780ec9f1b2 Make the numeric-OID cases of regprocin and friends be non-throwing.
While at it, use a common subroutine already.

This doesn't move the needle very far in terms of making these
functions non-throwing; the only case we're now able to trap is
numeric-OID-is-out-of-range.  Still, it seems like a pretty
non-controversial step in that direction.
2022-12-24 15:01:21 -05:00
David Rowley ed1a88ddac Allow window functions to adjust their frameOptions
WindowFuncs such as row_number() don't care if it's called with ROWS
UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW or with RANGE UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND
CURRENT ROW.  The latter is less efficient as the RANGE option requires
that the executor check for peer rows, so using the ROW option instead
would cause less overhead.  Because RANGE is part of the default frame
options for WindowClauses, it means WindowAgg is, by default, working much
harder than it needs to for window functions where the ROWS / RANGE option
has no effect on the window function's result.

On a test query from the discussion thread, a performance improvement of
344% was seen by using ROWS instead of RANGE.

Here we add a new support function node type to allow support functions to
be called for window functions so that the most optimal version of the
frame options can be set.  The planner has been adjusted so that the frame
options are changed only if all window functions sharing the same window
clause agree on what the optimized frame options are.

Here we give the ability for row_number(), rank(), dense_rank(),
percent_rank(), cume_dist() and ntile() to alter their WindowClause's
frameOptions.

Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing, Erwin Brandstetter, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGHENJ7LBBszxS+SkWWFVnBmOT2oVsBhDMB1DFrgerCeYa_DyA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvohAKEtTXxq7Pc-ic2dKT8oZfbRKeEJP64M0B6+S88z+A@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-23 12:43:52 +13:00
Thomas Munro cc15059634 Improve notation of cacheinfo table in syscache.c.
Use C99 designated initializer syntax for the array elements, instead of
writing the enumerator name and position in a comment.  Replace nkeys
and key with a local variadic macro, for a shorter notation.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKdpDjKL2jgC-GpoL4DGZU1YPqnOFHbDqFkfRQcPaR5DQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-12-23 10:40:18 +13:00
David Rowley 439f61757f Add palloc_aligned() to allow aligned memory allocations
This introduces palloc_aligned() and MemoryContextAllocAligned() which
allow callers to obtain memory which is allocated to the given size and
also aligned to the specified alignment boundary.  The alignment
boundaries may be any power-of-2 value.  Currently, the alignment is
capped at 2^26, however, we don't expect values anything like that large.
The primary expected use case is to align allocations to perhaps CPU
cache line size or to maybe I/O page size.  Certain use cases can benefit
from having aligned memory by either having better performance or more
predictable performance.

The alignment is achieved by requesting 'alignto' additional bytes from
the underlying allocator function and then aligning the address that is
returned to the requested alignment.  This obviously does waste some
memory, so alignments should be kept as small as what is required.

It's also important to note that these alignment bytes eat into the
maximum allocation size.  So something like:

palloc_aligned(MaxAllocSize, 64, 0);

will not work as we cannot request MaxAllocSize + 64 bytes.

Additionally, because we're just requesting the requested size plus the
alignment requirements from the given MemoryContext, if that context is
the Slab allocator, then since slab can only provide chunks of the size
that's specified when the slab context is created, then this is not going
to work.  Slab will generate an error to indicate that the requested size
is not supported.

The alignment that is requested in palloc_aligned() is stored along with
the allocated memory.  This allows the alignment to remain intact through
repalloc() calls.

Author: Andres Freund, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Maxim Orlov, Andres Freund, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpxLPUMV1mhxs6g7GNwCP6Cs6hfnYQL5ffJQTuFAuxt8A%40mail.gmail.com
2022-12-22 13:32:05 +13:00
Andrew Dunstan 33dd895ef3 Introduce float4in_internal
This is the guts of float4in, callable as a routine to input floats,
which will be useful in an upcoming patch for allowing soft errors in
the seg module's input function.

A similar operation was performed some years ago for float8in in
commit 50861cd683.

Reviewed by Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cee4e426-d014-c0b7-aa22-a659f2cd9130@dunslane.net
2022-12-21 16:55:52 -05:00
David Rowley eb706fde83 Fix newly introduced bug in slab.c
d21ded75f changed the way slab.c works but introduced a bug that meant we
could end up with the slab's curBlocklistIndex pointing to the wrong list.
The condition which was checking for this was failing to account for two
things:

1. The curBlocklistIndex could be 0 as we've currently got no non-full
blocks to put chunks on.  In this case, the dlist_is_empty() check cannot
be performed as there can be any number of completely full blocks at that
index.

2. The curBlocklistIndex may be greater than the index we just moved the
block onto.  Since we need to ensure we fill up fuller blocks first, we
must reset curBlocklistIndex when changing any blocklist element that's
less than the curBlocklistIndex too.

Reported-by: Takamichi Osumi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYCPR01MB8373329C6329768D7E093D68EDEB9@TYCPR01MB8373.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2022-12-22 09:57:49 +13:00
Michael Paquier 22e3b55805 Switch some system functions to use get_call_result_type()
This shaves some code by replacing the combinations of
CreateTemplateTupleDesc()/TupleDescInitEntry() hardcoding a mapping of
the attributes listed in pg_proc.dat by get_call_result_type() to build
the TupleDesc needed for the rows generated.

get_call_result_type() is more expensive than the former style, but this
removes some duplication with the lists of OUT parameters (pg_proc.dat
and the attributes hardcoded in these code paths).  This is applied to
functions that are not considered as critical (aka that could be called
repeatedly for monitoring purposes).

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV23HW5HP5hFjd89FNS-z5X8r2jNXdMXcpN2BgTtKd87w@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-21 10:11:22 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan 8284cf5f74 Add copyright notices to meson files
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/222b43a5-2fb3-2c1b-9cd0-375d376c8246@dunslane.net
2022-12-20 07:54:39 -05:00
David Rowley 3226f47282 Add enable_presorted_aggregate GUC
1349d279 added query planner support to allow more efficient execution of
aggregate functions which have an ORDER BY or a DISTINCT clause.  Prior to
that commit, the planner would only request that the lower planner produce
a plan with the order required for the GROUP BY clause and it would be
left up to nodeAgg.c to perform the final sort of records within each
group so that the aggregate transition functions were called in the
correct order.  Now that the planner requests the lower planner produce a
plan with the GROUP BY and the ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates in mind,
there is the possibility that the planner chooses a plan which could be
less efficient than what would have been produced before 1349d279.

While developing 1349d279, I had in mind that Incremental Sort would help
us in cases where an index exists only on the GROUP BY column(s).
Incremental Sort would just replace the implicit tuplesorts which are
being performed in nodeAgg.c.  However, because the planner has the
flexibility to instead choose a plan which just performs a full sort on
both the GROUP BY and ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregate columns, there is
potential for the planner to make a bad choice.  The costing for
Incremental Sort is not perfect as it assumes an even distribution of rows
to sort within each sort group.

Here we add an escape hatch in the form of the enable_presorted_aggregate
GUC.  This will allow users to get the pre-PG16 behavior in cases where
they have no other means to convince the query planner to produce a plan
which only sorts on the GROUP BY column(s).

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr1Sm+g9hbv4REOVuvQKeDWXcKUAhmbK5K+dfun0s9CvA@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-20 22:28:58 +13:00
David Rowley d21ded75fd Improve the performance of the slab memory allocator
Slab has traditionally been fairly slow when compared with the AllocSet or
Generation memory allocators.  Part of this slowness came from having to
write out an entire block when we allocate a new block in order to
populate the free list indexes within the block's memory.  Additional
slowness came from having to move a block onto another dlist each time we
palloc or pfree a chunk from it.

Here we optimize both of those cases and do a little bit extra to improve
the performance of the slab allocator.

Here, instead of writing out the free list indexes when allocating a new
block, we introduce the concept of "unused" chunks.  When a block is first
allocated all chunks are unused.  These chunks only make it onto the
free list when they are pfree'd.  When allocating new chunks on an
existing block, we have the choice of consuming a chunk from the free list
or an unused chunk.  When both exist, we opt to use one from the free
list, as these have been used already and the memory of them is more
likely to be cached by the CPU.

Here we also reduce the number of block lists from there being one for
every possible value of free chunks on a block to just having a small
fixed number of block lists.  We keep the 0th block list for completely
full blocks and anything else stores blocks for some range of free chunks
with fuller blocks appearing on lower block list array elements.  This
reduces how often we must move a block to another list when we allocate or
free chunks, but still allows us to prefer to put new chunks on fuller
blocks and perhaps allow blocks with fewer chunks to be free'd later
once all their remaining chunks have been pfree'd.

Additionally, we now store a list of "emptyblocks", which are blocks that
no longer contain any allocated chunks.  We now keep up to 10 of these
around to avoid having to thrash malloc/free when allocation patterns
continually cause blocks to become free of any allocated chunks only to
allocate more chunks again.  Now only once we have 10 of these, we free
the block.  This does raise the high water mark for the total memory that
a slab context can consume.  It does not seem entirely unreasonable that
we might one day want to make this a property of SlabContext rather than a
compile-time constant.  Let's wait and see if there is any evidence to
support that this is required before doing it.

Author: Andres Freund, David Rowley
Tested-by: Tomas Vondra, John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210717194333.mr5io3zup3kxahfm@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-12-20 21:48:51 +13:00
John Naylor 995a9fb14f Move variable increment to the end of the loop
This is less error prone and matches the placement of other code
in the file.

Justin Pryzby

Reviewed by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20221123172436.GJ11463@telsasoft.com
2022-12-20 14:13:14 +07:00
Robert Haas 10ea0f924a Expose some information about backend subxact status.
A new function pg_stat_get_backend_subxact() can be used to get
information about the number of subtransactions in the cache of
a particular backend and whether that cache has overflowed. This
can be useful for tracking down performance problems that can
result from overflowed snapshots.

Dilip Kumar, reviewed by Zhihong Yu, Nikolay Samokhvalov,
Justin Pryzby, Nathan Bossart, Ashutosh Sharma, Julien
Rouhaud. Additional design comments from Andres Freund,
Tom Lane, Bruce Momjian, and David G. Johnston.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-ut0uwkRJDQJeDPXpVyTWD46m3gt3JDToE02hTfONEN=Q@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-19 14:43:09 -05:00
Tom Lane c4939f1215 Clean up dubious error handling in wellformed_xml().
This ancient bit of code was summarily trapping any ereport longjmp
whatsoever and assuming that it must represent an invalid-XML report.
It's not really appropriate to handle OOM-like situations that way:
maybe the input is valid or maybe not, but we couldn't find out.
And it'd be a seriously bad idea to ignore, say, a query cancel
error that way.  (Perhaps that can't happen because there is no
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS anywhere within xml_parse, but even if that's
true today it's obviously a very fragile assumption.)

But in the wake of the previous commit, we can drop the PG_TRY
here altogether, and use the soft error mechanism to catch only
the kinds of errors that are legitimate to treat as invalid-XML.

(This is our first use of the soft error mechanism for something
not directly related to a datatype input function.  It won't be
the last.)

xml_is_document can be converted in the same way.  That one is
not actively broken, because it was checking specifically for
ERRCODE_INVALID_XML_DOCUMENT rather than trapping everything;
but the code is still shorter and probably faster this way.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3564577.1671142683@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-16 11:10:40 -05:00
Tom Lane 37bef842f5 Convert xml_in to report errors softly.
The key idea here is that xml_parse must distinguish hard errors
from soft errors.  We want to throw a hard error for libxml
initialization failures: those might be out-of-memory, or something
else, but in any case they are not the fault of the input string.
If we get to the point of parsing the input, and something goes
wrong, we can fairly consider that to mean bad input.

One thing that arguably does mean bad input, but I didn't trouble
to handle softly, is encoding conversion failure while converting
the server encoding to UTF8.  This might be something to improve
later, but it seems like a pretty low-probability scenario.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3564577.1671142683@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-16 11:10:40 -05:00
Tom Lane d35a1af468 Convert range_in and multirange_in to report errors softly.
This is mostly straightforward, except that if the range type
has a canonical function, that might throw an error during range
input.  (Such errors probably only occur for edge cases: in the
in-core canonical functions, it happens only if a bound has the
maximum valid value for the underlying type.)  Hence, this patch
extends the soft-error regime to allow canonical functions to
return errors softly as well.  Extensions implementing range
canonical functions will need modification anyway because of the
API change for range_serialize(); while at it, they might want
to do something similar to what's been done here in the in-core
canonical functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3284599.1671075185@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-15 12:18:36 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut 75f49221c2 Static assertions cleanup
Because we added StaticAssertStmt() first before StaticAssertDecl(),
some uses as well as the instructions in c.h are now a bit backwards
from the "native" way static assertions are meant to be used in C.
This updates the guidance and moves some static assertions to better
places.

Specifically, since the addition of StaticAssertDecl(), we can put
static assertions at the file level.  This moves a number of static
assertions out of function bodies, where they might have been stuck
out of necessity, to perhaps better places at the file level or in
header files.

Also, when the static assertion appears in a position where a
declaration is allowed, then using StaticAssertDecl() is more native
than StaticAssertStmt().

Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/941a04e7-dd6f-c0e4-8cdf-a33b3338cbda%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-15 10:10:32 +01:00
Tom Lane 3b9d2deb67 Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert the remaining string-category input functions
(bpcharin, varcharin, byteain) to the new style.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3038346.1671060258@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-14 19:42:05 -05:00
Tom Lane 90161dad4d Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert cash_in and uuid_in to the new style.

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 18:03:11 -05:00
Tom Lane 47f3f97fcd Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert assorted internal-ish datatypes, namely aclitemin,
int2vectorin, oidin, oidvectorin, pg_lsn_in, pg_snapshot_in,
and tidin to the new style.

(Some others you might expect to find in this group, such as
cidin and xidin, need no changes because they never throw
errors at all.  That seems a little cheesy ... but it is not in
the charter of this patch series to add new error conditions.)

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 17:50:24 -05:00
Tom Lane 332741e739 Convert the geometric input functions to report errors softly.
Convert box_in, circle_in, line_in, lseg_in, path_in, point_in,
and poly_in to the new style.

line_in still throws hard errors for overflows/underflows that can occur
when the input is specified as two points rather than in the canonical
"Ax + By + C = 0" style.  I'm not too concerned about that: it won't be
reached in normal dump/restore cases, and it's fairly debatable that
such conversion should ever have been made part of a type input function
in the first place.  But in any case, I don't want to extend the soft
error conventions into float.h without more discussion than this patch
has had.

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 16:10:20 -05:00
Tom Lane 17407a8eaa Convert a few more datatype input functions to report errors softly.
Convert bit_in, varbit_in, inet_in, cidr_in, macaddr_in, and
macaddr8_in to the new style.

Amul Sul, minor mods by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97KeDWUdpTKGOaFYPv0OicjOu6EW+QYWj-Ywrgj_aEy1g@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 13:22:08 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut b18c2decd7 Rearrange some static assertions for consistency
Put lengthof first.

Reported-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAHut+PsUDMySVRuRc=h+P5N3+=TGvj4W_mi32XXg9dt4o-BXbA@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-14 16:08:13 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 6fcda9aba8 Non-decimal integer literals
Add support for hexadecimal, octal, and binary integer literals:

    0x42F
    0o273
    0b100101

per SQL:202x draft.

This adds support in the lexer as well as in the integer type input
functions.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
2022-12-14 06:17:07 +01:00
Jeff Davis 60684dd834 Add grantable MAINTAIN privilege and pg_maintain role.
Allows VACUUM, ANALYZE, REINDEX, REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW, CLUSTER,
and LOCK TABLE.

Effectively reverts 4441fc704d. Instead of creating separate
privileges for VACUUM, ANALYZE, and other maintenance commands, group
them together under a single MAINTAIN privilege.

Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221212210136.GA449764@nathanxps13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/45224.1670476523@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-13 17:33:28 -08:00
Tom Lane b0feda79fd Fix jsonb subscripting to cope with toasted subscript values.
jsonb_get_element() was incautious enough to use VARDATA() and
VARSIZE() directly on an arbitrary text Datum.  That of course
fails if the Datum is short-header, compressed, or out-of-line.
The typical result would be failing to match any element of a
jsonb object, though matching the wrong one seems possible as well.

setPathObject() was slightly brighter, in that it used VARDATA_ANY
and VARSIZE_ANY_EXHDR, but that only kept it out of trouble for
short-header Datums.  push_path() had the same issue.  This could
result in faulty subscripted insertions, though keys long enough to
cause a problem are likely rare in the wild.

Having seen these, I looked around for unsafe usages in the rest
of the adt/json* files.  There are a couple of places where it's not
immediately obvious that the Datum can't be compressed or out-of-line,
so I added pg_detoast_datum_packed() to cope if it is.  Also, remove
some other usages of VARDATA/VARSIZE on Datums we just extracted from
a text array.  Those aren't actively broken, but they will become so
if we ever start allowing short-header array elements, which does not
seem like a terribly unreasonable thing to do.  In any case they are
not great coding examples, and they could also do with comments
pointing out that we're assuming we don't need pg_detoast_datum_packed.

Per report from exe-dealer@yandex.ru.  Patch by me, but thanks to
David Johnston for initial investigation.  Back-patch to v14 where
jsonb subscripting was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/205321670615953@mail.yandex.ru
2022-12-12 16:17:54 -05:00
Tom Lane b8c0ffbd2c Convert domain_in to report errors softly.
This is straightforward as far as it goes.  However, it does not
attempt to trap errors occurring during the execution of domain
CHECK constraints.  Since those are general user-defined
expressions, the only way to do that would involve starting up a
subtransaction for each check.  Of course the entire point of
the soft-errors feature is to not need subtransactions, so that
would be self-defeating.  For now, we'll rely on the assumption
that domain checks are written to avoid throwing errors.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1181028.1670635727@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-11 12:56:54 -05:00
Tom Lane c60c9badba Convert json_in and jsonb_in to report errors softly.
This requires a bit of further infrastructure-extension to allow
trapping errors reported by numeric_in and pg_unicode_to_server,
but otherwise it's pretty straightforward.

In the case of jsonb_in, we are only capturing errors reported
during the initial "parse" phase.  The value-construction phase
(JsonbValueToJsonb) can also throw errors if assorted implementation
limits are exceeded.  We should improve that, but it seems like a
separable project.

Andrew Dunstan and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bac9841-fe07-713d-fa42-606c225567d6@dunslane.net
2022-12-11 11:28:15 -05:00
Tom Lane 50428a301d Change JsonSemAction to allow non-throw error reporting.
Formerly, semantic action functions for the JSON parser returned void,
so that there was no way for them to affect the parser's behavior.
That means in particular that they can't force an error exit except by
longjmp'ing.  That won't do in the context of our project to make input
functions return errors softly.  Hence, change them to return the same
JsonParseErrorType enum value as the parser itself uses.  If an action
function returns anything besides JSON_SUCCESS, the parse is abandoned
and that error code is returned.

Action functions can thus easily return the same error conditions that
the parser already knows about.  As an escape hatch for expansion, also
invent a code JSON_SEM_ACTION_FAILED that the core parser does not know
the exact meaning of.  When returning this code, an action function
must use some out-of-band mechanism for reporting the error details.

This commit simply makes the API change and causes all the existing
action functions to return JSON_SUCCESS, so that there is no actual
change in behavior here.  This is long enough and boring enough that
it seemed best to commit it separately from the changes that make
real use of the new mechanism.

In passing, remove a duplicate assignment of
transform_string_values_scalar.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1436686.1670701118@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-11 10:39:05 -05:00
Tom Lane d02ef65bce Standardize error reports in unimplemented I/O functions.
We chose a specific wording of the not-implemented errors for
pseudotype I/O functions and other cases where there's little
value in implementing input and/or output.  gtsvectorin never
got that memo though, nor did most of contrib.  Make these all
fall in line, mostly because I'm a neatnik but also to remove
unnecessary translatable strings.

gbtreekey_in needs a bit of extra love since it supports
multiple SQL types.  Sadly, gbtreekey_out doesn't have the
ability to do that, but I think it's unreachable anyway.

Noted while surveying datatype input functions to see what we
have left to fix.
2022-12-10 18:26:43 -05:00
Tom Lane e730718072 Use the macro, not handwritten code, to construct anymultirange_in().
Apparently anymultirange_in was written before we converted all
these pseudotype input functions to use a common macro, and it didn't
get fixed before committing.  Sloppy merging probably explains its
unintuitive ordering, too, so rearrange.

Noted while surveying datatype input functions to see what we
have left to fix.  I'm inclined to leave the pseudotypes as
throwing hard errors, because it's difficult to see a reason why
anyone would need something else.  But in any case, if we want
to change that, we shouldn't have to change multiple copies of
the code.
2022-12-10 17:22:16 -05:00
Michael Paquier 66dcb09246 Fix macro definitions in pgstatfuncs.c
Buildfarm member wrasse has been complaining about empty declarations
as an effect of 8018ffb and 83a1a1b due to extra semicolons.

While on it, remove also the last backslash of the macros definitions,
causing more lines to be eaten in it than necessary, per comment from
Tom Lane.

Reported-by: Tom Lane, and buildfarm member wrasse
Author: Nathan Bossart, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1188769.1670640236@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-12-10 13:28:02 +09:00
Tom Lane 4dd687502d Restructure soft-error handling in formatting.c.
Replace the error trapping scheme introduced in 5bc450629 with our
shiny new errsave/ereturn mechanism.  This doesn't have any real
functional impact (although I think that the new coding is able
to report a few more errors softly than v15 did).  And I doubt
there's any measurable performance difference either.  But this
gets rid of an ad-hoc, one-of-a-kind design in favor of a mechanism
that will be widely used going forward, so it should be a net win
for code readability.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 20:15:56 -05:00
Tom Lane c60488b474 Convert datetime input functions to use "soft" error reporting.
This patch converts the input functions for date, time, timetz,
timestamp, timestamptz, and interval to the new soft-error style.
There's some related stuff in formatting.c that remains to be
cleaned up, but that seems like a separable project.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 16:07:49 -05:00
Tom Lane 2661469d86 Allow DateTimeParseError to handle bad-timezone error messages.
Pay down some ancient technical debt (dating to commit 022fd9966):
fix a couple of places in datetime parsing that were throwing
ereport's immediately instead of returning a DTERR code that could be
interpreted by DateTimeParseError.  The reason for that was that there
was no mechanism for passing any auxiliary data (such as a zone name)
to DateTimeParseError, and these errors seemed to really need it.
Up to now it didn't matter that much just where the error got thrown,
but now we'd like to have a hard policy that datetime parse errors
get thrown from just the one place.

Hence, invent a "DateTimeErrorExtra" struct that can be used to
carry any extra values needed for specific DTERR codes.  Perhaps
in the future somebody will be motivated to use this to improve
the specificity of other DateTimeParseError messages, but for now
just deal with the timezone-error cases.

This is on the way to making the datetime input functions report
parse errors softly; but it's really an independent change, so
commit separately.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 13:30:47 -05:00
Tom Lane bad5116957 Const-ify a couple of datetime parsing subroutines.
More could be done in this line, but I just grabbed some low-hanging
fruit.  Principal objective was to remove the need for several ugly
unconstify() usages in formatting.c.
2022-12-09 10:43:45 -05:00
Tom Lane ccff2d20ed Convert a few datatype input functions to use "soft" error reporting.
This patch converts the input functions for bool, int2, int4, int8,
float4, float8, numeric, and contrib/cube to the new soft-error style.
array_in and record_in are also converted.  There's lots more to do,
but this is enough to provide proof-of-concept that the soft-error
API is usable, as well as reference examples for how to convert
input functions.

This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 10:14:53 -05:00
Tom Lane 1939d26282 Add test scaffolding for soft error reporting from input functions.
pg_input_is_valid() returns boolean, while pg_input_error_message()
returns the primary error message if the input is bad, or NULL
if the input is OK.  The main reason for having two functions is
so that we can test both the details-wanted and the no-details-wanted
code paths.

Although these are primarily designed with testing in mind,
it could well be that they'll be useful to end users as well.

This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 10:08:44 -05:00
Tom Lane d9f7f5d32f Create infrastructure for "soft" error reporting.
Postgres' standard mechanism for reporting errors (ereport() or elog())
is used for all sorts of error conditions.  This means that throwing
an exception via ereport(ERROR) requires an expensive transaction or
subtransaction abort and cleanup, since the exception catcher dare not
make many assumptions about what has gone wrong.  There are situations
where we would rather have a lighter-weight mechanism for dealing
with errors that are known to be safe to recover from without a full
transaction cleanup.  This commit creates infrastructure to let us
adapt existing error-reporting code for that purpose.  See the
included documentation changes for details.  Follow-on commits will
provide test code and usage examples.

The near-term plan is to convert most if not all datatype input
functions to report invalid input "softly".  This will enable
implementing some SQL/JSON features cleanly and without the cost
of subtransactions, and it will also allow creating COPY options
to deal with bad input without cancelling the whole COPY.

This patch is mostly by me, but it owes very substantial debt to
earlier work by Nikita Glukhov, Andrew Dunstan, and Amul Sul.
Thanks also to Andres Freund for review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-09 09:58:38 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov 096dd80f3c Add USER SET parameter values for pg_db_role_setting
The USER SET flag specifies that the variable should be set on behalf of an
ordinary role.  That lets ordinary roles set placeholder variables, which
permission requirements are not known yet.  Such a value wouldn't be used if
the variable finally appear to require superuser privileges.

The new flags are stored in the pg_db_role_setting.setuser array.  Catversion
is bumped.

This commit is inspired by the previous work by Steve Chavez.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdsLd6E--epnGqXENqLP6dLwuNZrPMcNYb3wJ87WR7UBOQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Steve Chavez
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Steve Chavez
2022-12-09 13:12:20 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 07c29ca7fe Remove unnecessary casts
Some code carefully cast all data buffer arguments for BufFileWrite()
and BufFileRead() to void *, even though the arguments are already
void * (and AFAICT were never anything else).  Remove this unnecessary
clutter.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/11dda853-bb5b-59ba-a746-e168b1ce4bdb%40enterprisedb.com
2022-12-08 08:58:15 +01:00
Tom Lane 8305629afe Minor code refactoring in elog.c (no functional change).
Combine some duplicated code stanzas by creating small functions.
Most of these duplications arose at a time when I wouldn't have
trusted C compilers to auto-inline small functions intelligently,
but they're probably poor practice now.  Similarly split out some
bits that aren't actually duplicative as the code stands, but would
become so after an upcoming patch to add another error-handling
code path.

Take the opportunity to add some lengthier comments about what
we're doing here, too.  Re-order one function that seemed not
very well-placed.

Patch by me, per suggestions from Andres Freund.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3bbbb0df-7382-bf87-9737-340ba096e034@postgrespro.ru
2022-12-07 14:39:25 -05:00
Michael Paquier 8018ffbf58 Generate pg_stat_get*() functions for databases using macros
The same code pattern is repeated 21 times for int64 counters (0 for
missing entry) and 5 times for doubles (0 for missing entry) on database
entries.  This code is switched to use macros for the basic code
instead, shaving a few hundred lines of originally-duplicated code
patterns.  The function names remain the same, but some fields of
PgStat_StatDBEntry have to be renamed to cope with the new style.

This is in the same spirit as 83a1a1b.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y46stlxQ2LQE20Na@paquier.xyz
2022-12-07 09:11:48 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera a61b1f7482
Rework query relation permission checking
Currently, information about the permissions to be checked on relations
mentioned in a query is stored in their range table entries.  So the
executor must scan the entire range table looking for relations that
need to have permissions checked.  This can make the permission checking
part of the executor initialization needlessly expensive when many
inheritance children are present in the range range.  While the
permissions need not be checked on the individual child relations, the
executor still must visit every range table entry to filter them out.

This commit moves the permission checking information out of the range
table entries into a new plan node called RTEPermissionInfo.  Every
top-level (inheritance "root") RTE_RELATION entry in the range table
gets one and a list of those is maintained alongside the range table.
This new list is initialized by the parser when initializing the range
table.  The rewriter can add more entries to it as rules/views are
expanded.  Finally, the planner combines the lists of the individual
subqueries into one flat list that is passed to the executor for
checking.

To make it quick to find the RTEPermissionInfo entry belonging to a
given relation, RangeTblEntry gets a new Index field 'perminfoindex'
that stores the corresponding RTEPermissionInfo's index in the query's
list of the latter.

ExecutorCheckPerms_hook has gained another List * argument; the
signature is now:
typedef bool (*ExecutorCheckPerms_hook_type) (List *rangeTable,
					      List *rtePermInfos,
					      bool ereport_on_violation);
The first argument is no longer used by any in-core uses of the hook,
but we leave it in place because there may be other implementations that
do.  Implementations should likely scan the rtePermInfos list to
determine which operations to allow or deny.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGjJDmUhDSfv-U2qhKJjt9ST7Xh9JXC_irsAQ1TAUsJYg@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-06 16:09:24 +01:00
Michael Paquier 83a1a1b566 Generate pg_stat_get*() functions for tables using macros
The same code pattern is repeated 17 times for int64 counters (0 for
missing entry) and 5 times for timestamps (NULL for missing entry) on
table entries.  This code is switched to use a macro for the basic code
instead, shaving a few hundred lines of originally-duplicated code.  The
function names remain the same, but some fields of PgStat_StatTabEntry
have to be renamed to cope with the new style.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https:/postgr.es/m/20221204173207.GA2669116@nathanxps13
2022-12-06 10:46:35 +09:00
David Rowley 8692f6644e Fix thinko introduced in 6b423ec67
As pointed out by Dean Rasheed, we really should be using tmp >
-(PG_INTNN_MIN / 10) rather than tmp > (PG_INTNN_MAX / 10) for checking
for overflows in the accumulation in the pg_strtointNN functions.  This
does happen to be the same number when dividing by 10, but there is a
pending patch which adds other bases and this is not the same number if we
were to divide by 2 rather than 10, for example.  If the base 2 parsing
was to follow this example then we could accidentally think a string
containing the value of PG_INT32_MIN was an overflow in pg_strtoint32.
Clearly that shouldn't overflow.

This does not fix any actual live bugs, only some bad examples of overflow
checks for future bases.

Reported-by: Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVEtwfhdm-K-etZYFB0=qsR0nT6qXta_W+GQx4RYph1dg@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-05 11:55:05 +13:00
Tom Lane 92c4dafe1e Re-pgindent a few files.
Just because I'm a neatnik, and I'm currently working on
code in this area.  It annoys me to not be able to pgindent
my patches without working around unrelated changes.
2022-12-04 14:25:53 -05:00
David Rowley 6b423ec677 Improve performance of pg_strtointNN functions
Experiments have shown that modern versions of both gcc and clang are
unable to fully optimize the multiplication by 10 that we're doing in the
pg_strtointNN functions.  Both compilers seem to be making use of "imul",
which is not the most efficient way to multiply by 10.  This seems to be
due to the overflow checking that we're doing.  Without the overflow
checks, both those compilers switch to a more efficient method of
multiplying by 10.  In absence of overflow concern, integer multiplication
by 10 can be done by bit-shifting left 3 places to multiply by 8 and then
adding the original value twice.

To allow compilers this flexibility, here we adjust the code so that we
accumulate the number as an unsigned version of the type and remove the
use of pg_mul_sNN_overflow() and pg_sub_sNN_overflow().  The overflow
checking can be done simply by checking if the accumulated value has gone
beyond a 10th of the maximum *signed* value for the given type.  If it has
then the accumulation of the next digit will cause an overflow.  After
this is done, we do a final overflow check before converting the unsigned
version of the number back to its signed counterpart.

Testing has shown about an 8% speedup of a COPY into a table containing 2
INT columns.

Author: David Rowley, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrL6_+wKgPqRHr7gH_6xy3hXM6a3QCsZ5ForurjDFfenA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrdYByjfj-=WbmVNFgmVZg88-dE7heukw8p55aJ+W=qxQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-12-04 16:18:18 +13:00
Tom Lane 29452de734 Doc: flesh out fmgr/README's description of context-node usage.
I wrote this to provide a home for a planned discussion of error
return conventions for non-error-throwing functions.  But it seems
useful as documentation of existing code no matter what becomes of
that proposal, so commit separately.
2022-12-03 10:50:39 -05:00
Andres Freund cb2e7ddfe5 Prevent pgstats from getting confused when relkind of a relation changes
When the relkind of a relache entry changes, because a table is converted into
a view, pgstats can get confused in 15+, leading to crashes or assertion
failures.

For HEAD, Tom fixed this in b23cd185fd, by removing support for converting a
table to a view, removing the source of the inconsistency. This commit just
adds an assertion that a relcache entry's relkind does not change, just in
case we end up with another case of that in the future. As there's no cases of
changing relkind anymore, we can't add a test that that's handled correctly.

For 15, fix the problem by not maintaining the association with the old pgstat
entry when the relkind changes during a relcache invalidation processing. In
that case the pgstat entry needs to be unlinked first, to avoid
PgStat_TableStatus->relation getting out of sync. Also add a test reproducing
the issues.

No known problem exists in 11-14, so just add the test there.

Reported-by: vignesh C <vignesh21@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2yXz+zOtv7y5zBd5WKT8O0Ld3YxikuU3dcyCvxF7gypA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm3oZA-8Wbps2Jd1g5_Gjrr-x3YWrJPek-mF5Asrrvz2Dg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 15-
2022-12-02 18:10:30 -08:00
Jeff Davis 7ac0f8d384 Fix broken hash function hashbpcharextended().
Ignore trailing spaces for non-deterministic collations when
hashing.

The previous behavior could lead to tuples falling into the wrong
partitions when hash partitioning is combined with the BPCHAR type and
a non-deterministic collation. Fortunately, it did not affect hash
indexes, because hash indexes do not use extended hash functions.

Decline to backpatch, per discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eb83d0ac7b299eb08f9b900dd08a5a0c5d90e517.camel@j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Richard Guo, Tom Lane
2022-12-02 14:06:31 -08:00
Tom Lane cabfb8241d Fix psql's \sf and \ef for new-style SQL functions.
Some options of these commands need to be able to identify the start
of the function body within the output of pg_get_functiondef().
It used to be that that always began with "AS", but since the
introduction of new-style SQL functions, it might also start with
"BEGIN" or "RETURN".  Fix that on the psql side, and add some
regression tests.

Noted by me awhile ago, but I didn't do anything about it.
Thanks to David Johnston for a nag.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM9PR01MB8268D5CDABDF044EE9F42173FE8C9@AM9PR01MB8268.eurprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
2022-12-02 14:24:44 -05:00
Jeff Davis edf12e7bbd Fix memory leak for hashing with nondeterministic collations.
Backpatch through 12, where nondeterministic collations were
introduced (5e1963fb76).

Backpatch-through: 12
2022-12-01 11:49:15 -08:00
Tom Lane 1dd6700f44 Fix under-parenthesized display of AT TIME ZONE constructs.
In commit 40c24bfef, I forgot to use get_rule_expr_paren() for the
arguments of AT TIME ZONE, resulting in possibly not printing parens
for expressions that need it.  But get_rule_expr_paren() wouldn't have
gotten it right anyway, because isSimpleNode() hadn't been taught that
COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX parent nodes don't guarantee sufficient parentheses.
Improve all that.  Also use this methodology for F_IS_NORMALIZED, so
that we don't print useless parens for that.

In passing, remove a comment that was obsoleted later.

Per report from Duncan Sands.  Back-patch to v14 where this code
came in.  (Before that, we didn't try to print AT TIME ZONE that way,
so there was no bug just ugliness.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f41566aa-a057-6628-4b7c-b48770ecb84a@deepbluecap.com
2022-12-01 11:38:14 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera 599b33b949
Stop accessing checkAsUser via RTE in some cases
A future commit will move the checkAsUser field from RangeTblEntry
to a new node that, unlike RTEs, will only be created for tables
mentioned in the query but not for the inheritance child relations
added to the query by the planner.  So, checkAsUser value for a
given child relation will have to be obtained by referring to that
for its ancestor mentioned in the query.

In preparation, it seems better to expand the use of RelOptInfo.userid
during planning in place of rte->checkAsUser so that there will be
fewer places to adjust for the above change.

Given that the child-to-ancestor mapping is not available during the
execution of a given "child" ForeignScan node, add a checkAsUser
field to ForeignScan to carry the child relation's RelOptInfo.userid.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGFCs2uq7VRKi7g+FFKbP6Ea_2_HkgZb2HPhUfaAKT3ng@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-30 12:07:03 +01:00
Thomas Munro cd4329d939 Remove promote_trigger_file.
Previously, an idle startup (recovery) process would wake up every 5
seconds to have a chance to poll for promote_trigger_file, even if that
GUC was not configured.  That promotion triggering mechanism was
effectively superseded by pg_ctl promote and pg_promote() a long time
ago.  There probably aren't many users left and it's very easy to change
to the modern mechanisms, so we agreed to remove the feature.

This is part of a campaign to reduce wakeups on idle systems.

Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick <barwick@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-FsjnzVOQGBpQ589%3DnWuL1Ex0Ykn74Nh1hEjp2usZSR5g%40mail.gmail.com
2022-11-29 12:08:38 +13:00
Andrew Dunstan b5d6382496 Provide per-table permissions for vacuum and analyze.
Currently a table can only be vacuumed or analyzed by its owner or
a superuser. This can now be extended to any user by means of an
appropriate GRANT.

Nathan Bossart

Reviewed by: Bharath Rupireddy, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Stephen Frost, Robert
Haas, Mark Dilger, Tom Lane, Corey Huinker, David G. Johnston, Michael
Paquier.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220722203735.GB3996698@nathanxps13
2022-11-28 12:08:14 -05:00
Michael Paquier d13b684117 Introduce variables for initial and max nesting depth on configuration files
The code has been assuming already in a few places that the initial
recursion nesting depth is 0, and the recent changes in hba.c (mainly
783e8c6) have relies on this assumption in more places.  The maximum
recursion nesting level is assumed to be 10 for hba.c and GUCs.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221124090724.n7amf5kpdhx6vb76@jrouhaud
2022-11-25 07:40:12 +09:00
David Rowley 2d1f3bce97 Fix some 32-bit shift warnings in MSVC
7b378237a widened AclMode to 64 bits which resulted in 3 new additional
warnings on MSVC.  Here we make use of UINT64CONST to reassure the
compiler that we do intend the bit shift expression to yield a 64-bit
result.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo=pn01Y_3zASZZqn+cotF1c4QFCwWgk6MiF0VscaE5ug@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-25 11:05:22 +13:00
Michael Paquier a54b658ce7 Add support for file inclusions in HBA and ident configuration files
pg_hba.conf and pg_ident.conf gain support for three record keywords:
- "include", to include a file.
- "include_if_exists", to include a file, ignoring it if missing.
- "include_dir", to include a directory of files.  These are classified
by name (C locale, mostly) and need to be prefixed by ".conf", hence
following the same rules as GUCs.

This commit relies on the refactoring pieces done in efc9816, ad6c528,
783e8c6 and 1b73d0b, adding a small wrapper to build a list of
TokenizedAuthLines (tokenize_include_file), and the code is shaped to
offer some symmetry with what is done for GUCs with the same options.

pg_hba_file_rules and pg_ident_file_mappings gain a new field called
file_name, to track from which file a record is located, taking
advantage of the addition of rule_number in c591300 to offer an
organized view of the HBA or ident records loaded.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-11-24 13:51:34 +09:00
Michael Paquier efc981627a Rework memory contexts in charge of HBA/ident tokenization
The list of TokenizedAuthLines generated at parsing for the HBA and
ident files is now stored in a static context called tokenize_context,
where only all the parsed tokens are stored.  This context is created
when opening the first authentication file of a HBA/ident set (hba_file
or ident_file), and is cleaned up once we are done all the work around
it through a new routine called free_auth_file().  One call of
open_auth_file() should have one matching call of free_auth_file(), the
creation and deletion of the tokenization context is controlled by the
recursion depth of the tokenization.

Rather than having tokenize_auth_file() return a memory context that
includes all the records, the tokenization logic now creates and deletes
one memory context each time this function is called.  This will
simplify recursive calls to this routine for the upcoming inclusion
record logic.

While on it, rename tokenize_inc_file() to tokenize_expand_file() as
this would conflict with the upcoming patch that will add inclusion
records for HBA/ident files.  An '@' file has its tokens added to an
existing list.

Reloading HBA/indent configuration in a tight loop shows no leaks, as of
one type of test done (with and without -DEXEC_BACKEND).

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y324HvGKiWxW2yxe@paquier.xyz
2022-11-24 08:21:55 +09:00
Tom Lane 9c6ad5eaa9 YA attempt at taming worst-case behavior of get_actual_variable_range.
We've made multiple attempts at preventing get_actual_variable_range
from taking an unreasonable amount of time (3ca930fc3, fccebe421).
But there's still an issue for the very first planning attempt after
deletion of a large number of extremal-valued tuples.  While that
planning attempt will set "killed" bits on the tuples it visits and
thereby reduce effort for next time, there's still a lot of work it
has to do to visit the heap and then set those bits.  It's (usually?)
not worth it to do that much work at plan time to have a slightly
better estimate, especially in a context like this where the table
contents are known to be mutating rapidly.

Therefore, let's bound the amount of work to be done by giving up
after we've visited 100 heap pages.  Giving up just means we'll
fall back on the extremal value recorded in pg_statistic, so it
shouldn't mean that planner estimates suddenly become worthless.

Note that this means we'll still gradually whittle down the problem
by setting a few more index "killed" bits in each planning attempt;
so eventually we'll reach a good state (barring further deletions),
even in the absence of VACUUM.

Simon Riggs, per a complaint from Jakub Wartak (with cosmetic
adjustments by me).  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKZiRmznOwi0oaV=4PHOCM4ygcH4MgSvt8=5cu_vNCfc8FSUug@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-22 14:40:20 -05:00
Andres Freund 92daeca45d Add wait event for pg_usleep() in perform_spin_delay()
The lwlock wait queue scalability issue fixed in a4adc31f69 was quite hard to
find because of the exponential backoff and because we adjust spins_per_delay
over time within a backend.

To make it easier to find similar issues in the future, add a wait event for
the pg_usleep() in perform_spin_delay(). Showing a wait event while spinning
without sleeping would increase the overhead of spinlocks, which we do not
want.

We may at some later point want to have more granular wait events, but that'd
be a substantial amount of work. This provides at least some insights into
something currently hard to observe.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
https://postgr.es/m/20221120204310.xywrhyxyytsajuuq@awork3.anarazel.de
2022-11-21 20:34:17 -08:00
Tom Lane 5644d6f909 Add comments and a missing CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS in ts_headline.
I just spent an annoying amount of time reverse-engineering the
100%-undocumented API between ts_headline and the text search
parser's prsheadline function.  Add some commentary about that
while it's fresh in mind.  Also remove some unused macros in
wparser_def.c.

While at it, I noticed that when commit 78e73e875 added a
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS call in TS_execute_recurse, it missed
doing so in the parallel function TS_phrase_execute, which
surely needs one just as much.

Back-patch because of the missing CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS.
Might as well back-patch the rest of this too.
2022-11-21 17:07:29 -05:00
Tom Lane 51b5834cd5 Provide options for postmaster to kill child processes with SIGABRT.
The postmaster normally sends SIGQUIT to force-terminate its
child processes after a child crash or immediate-stop request.
If that doesn't result in child exit within a few seconds,
we follow it up with SIGKILL.  This patch provides GUC flags
that allow either of these signals to be replaced with SIGABRT.
On typically-configured Unix systems, that will result in a
core dump being produced for each such child.  This can be
useful for debugging problems, although it's not something you'd
want to have on in production due to the risk of disk space
bloat from lots of core files.

The old postmaster -T switch, which sent SIGSTOP in place of
SIGQUIT, is changed to be the same as send_abort_for_crash.
As far as I can tell from the code comments, the intent of
that switch was just to block things for long enough to force
core dumps manually, which seems like an unnecessary extra step.
(Maybe at the time, there was no way to get most kernels to
produce core files with per-PID names, requiring manual core
file renaming after each one.  But now it's surely the hard way.)

I also took the opportunity to remove the old postmaster -n
(skip shmem reinit) switch, which hasn't actually done anything
in decades, though the documentation still claimed it did.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2251016.1668797294@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-11-21 11:59:29 -05:00
Michael Paquier f193883fc9 Replace SQLValueFunction by COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX
This switch impacts 9 patterns related to a SQL-mandated special syntax
for function calls:
- LOCALTIME [ ( typmod ) ]
- LOCALTIMESTAMP [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_TIME [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP [ ( typmod ) ]
- CURRENT_DATE

Five new entries are added to pg_proc to compensate the removal of
SQLValueFunction to provide backward-compatibility and making this
change transparent for the end-user (for example for the attribute
generated when a keyword is specified in a SELECT or in a FROM clause
without an alias, or when specifying something else than an Iconst to
the parser).

The parser included a set of checks coming from the files in charge of
holding the C functions used for the SQLValueFunction calls (as of
transformSQLValueFunction()), which are now moved within each function's
execution path, so this reduces the dependencies between the execution
and the parsing steps.  As of this change, all the SQL keywords use the
same paths for their work, relying only on COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX.  Like
fb32748, no performance difference has been noticed, while the perf
profiles get reduced with ExecEvalSQLValueFunction() gone.

Bump catalog version.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker, Ted Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YzaG3MoryCguUOym@paquier.xyz
2022-11-21 18:31:59 +09:00
Andres Freund 061bf98fb8 pgstat: replace double lookup with IsSharedRelation()
As the list of shared relations is fixed, we can just dispatch based
IsSharedRelation(), instead of first trying to look up stats for a non-shared
rel and falling back to shared stats.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bertranddrouvot.pg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8c1851a2-a98e-e1bc-7729-37b0b95f66ec@gmail.com
2022-11-20 10:56:32 -08:00
Michael Paquier fb32748e32 Switch SQLValueFunction on "name" to use COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX
This commit changes six SQL keywords to use COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX rather
than relying on SQLValueFunction:
- CURRENT_ROLE
- CURRENT_USER
- USER
- SESSION_USER
- CURRENT_CATALOG
- CURRENT_SCHEMA

Among the six, "user", "current_role" and "current_catalog" require
specific SQL functions to allow ruleutils.c to map them to the SQL
keywords these require when using COERCE_SQL_SYNTAX.  Having
pg_proc.proname match with the keyword ensures that the compatibility
remains the same when projecting any of these keywords in a FROM clause
to an attribute name when an alias is not specified.  This is covered by
the tests added in 2e0d80c, making sure that a correct mapping happens
with each SQL keyword.  The three others (current_schema, session_user
and current_user) already have pg_proc entries for this job, so this
brings more consistency between the way such keywords are treated in the
parser, the executor and ruleutils.c.

SQLValueFunction is reduced to half its contents after this change,
simplifying its logic a bit as there is no need to enforce a C collation
anymore for the entries returning a name as a result.  I have made a few
performance tests, with a million-ish calls to these keywords without
seeing a difference in run-time or in perf profiles
(ExecEvalSQLValueFunction() is removed from the profiles).  The
remaining SQLValueFunctions are now related to timestamps and dates.

Bump catalog version.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YzaG3MoryCguUOym@paquier.xyz
2022-11-20 10:58:28 +09:00
Robert Haas 3d14e171e9 Add a SET option to the GRANT command.
Similar to how the INHERIT option controls whether or not the
permissions of the granted role are automatically available to the
grantee, the new SET permission controls whether or not the grantee
may use the SET ROLE command to assume the privileges of the granted
role.

In addition, the new SET permission controls whether or not it
is possible to transfer ownership of objects to the target role
or to create new objects owned by the target role using commands
such as CREATE DATABASE .. OWNER. We could alternatively have made
this controlled by the INHERIT option, or allow it when either
option is given. An advantage of this approach is that if you
are granted a predefined role with INHERIT TRUE, SET FALSE, you
can't go and create objects owned by that role.

The underlying theory here is that the ability to create objects
as a target role is not a privilege per se, and thus does not
depend on whether you inherit the target role's privileges. However,
it's surely something you could do anyway if you could SET ROLE
to the target role, and thus making it contingent on whether you
have that ability is reasonable.

Design review by Nathan Bossat, Wolfgang Walther, Jeff Davis,
Peter Eisentraut, and Stephen Frost.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob+zDSRS6JXYrgq0NWdzCXuTNzT5eK54Dn2hhgt17nm8A@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-18 12:32:56 -05:00
Tom Lane f84ff0c6d4 Don't read MCV stats needlessly in eqjoinsel().
eqjoinsel() currently makes use of MCV stats only when we have such
stats for both sides of the clause.  As coded, though, it would
fetch those stats even when they're present for just one side.
This can be a bit expensive with high statistics targets, leading
to wasted effort in common cases such as joining a unique column
to a non-unique column.  So it seems worth the trouble to do a quick
pre-check to confirm that both sides have MCVs before fetching either.

Also, tweak the API spec for get_attstatsslot() to document the
method we're using here.

David Geier, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b9846ca0-5f1c-9b26-5881-aad3f42b07f0@gmail.com
2022-11-18 11:01:03 -05:00
Tom Lane adaf34241a Improve ruleutils' printout of LATERAL references within subplans.
Commit 1cc29fe7c, which taught EXPLAIN to print PARAM_EXEC Params as
the referenced expressions, included some checks to prevent matching
Params found in SubPlans or InitPlans to NestLoopParams of upper query
levels.  At the time, this seemed possibly necessary to avoid false
matches because of the planner's habit of re-using the same PARAM_EXEC
slot in multiple places in a plan.  Furthermore, in the absence of
LATERAL no such reference could be valid anyway.  But it's possible
now that we have LATERAL, and in the wake of 46c508fbc and 1db5667ba
I believe the false-match hazard is gone.  Hence, remove the
in_same_plan_level checks.  As shown in the regression test changes,
this provides a useful improvement in readability for EXPLAIN of
LATERAL-using subplans.

Richard Guo, reviewed by Greg Stark and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs4-YSOcQXAagJetP95cAeZPqzOy5kM5yijG0PVW5ztRb4w@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-16 20:06:09 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut c0f1e51ac7 Remove unused include
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAKRu_YSOnhKsDyFcqJsKtBSrd32DP-jjXmv7hL0BPD-z0TGXQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-16 11:28:44 +01:00
Amit Kapila 8b5262fa0e Improve comments referring snapshot's subxip array.
It was referred to as subxact array in a few places and subxip array in
others. By changing it to subxip array, we make it consistent with similar
references to xip array.

Author: Japin Li
Reviewd by: Julien Rouhaud, Richard Guo
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/MEYP282MB1669DCE7AC193A947CED2A95B6009@MEYP282MB1669.AUSP282.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2022-11-15 09:37:19 +05:30
Michael Paquier 783e8c69cb Invent open_auth_file() in hba.c to refactor authentication file opening
This adds a check on the recursion depth when including authentication
configuration files, something that has never been done when processing
'@' files for database and user name lists in pg_hba.conf.  On HEAD,
this was leading to a rather confusing error, as of:
FATAL:  exceeded maxAllocatedDescs (NN) while trying to open file "/path/blah.conf"

This refactors the code so as the error reported is now the following,
which is the same as for GUCs:
FATAL: could not open file "/path/blah.conf": maximum nesting depth exceeded

This reduces a bit the verbosity of the error message used for files
included in user and database lists, reporting only the file name of
what's failing to load, without mentioning the relative or absolute path
specified after '@' in a HBA file.  The absolute path is built upon what
'@' defines anyway, so there is no actual loss of information.  This
makes the future inclusion logic much simpler.  A follow-up patch will
add an error context to be able to track on which line of which file the
inclusion is failing, to close the loop, providing all the information
needed to know the full chain of events.

This logic has been extracted from a larger patch written by Julien,
rewritten by me to have a unique code path calling AllocateFile() on
authentication files, and is useful on its own.  This new interface
will be used later for authentication files included with
@include[_dir,_if_exists], in a follow-up patch.

Author: Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/Y2xUBJ+S+Z0zbxRW@paquier.xyz
2022-11-14 10:21:42 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut c727f511bd Refactor aclcheck functions
Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_aclcheck() functions,
write one common function object_aclcheck() that can handle almost all
of them.  We already have all the information we need, such as which
system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which column is
the ACL column.

There are a few pg_foo_aclcheck() that don't work via the generic
function and have special APIs, so those stay as is.

I also changed most pg_foo_aclmask() functions to static functions,
since they are not used outside of aclchk.c.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 09:02:41 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut afbfc02983 Refactor ownercheck functions
Instead of dozens of mostly-duplicate pg_foo_ownercheck() functions,
write one common function object_ownercheck() that can handle almost
all of them.  We already have all the information we need, such as
which system catalog corresponds to which catalog table and which
column is the owner column.

Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/95c30f96-4060-2f48-98b5-a4392d3b6066@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-13 08:12:37 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut b4b7ce8061 Add repalloc0 and repalloc0_array
These zero out the space added by repalloc.  This is a common pattern
that is quite hairy to code by hand.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/b66dfc89-9365-cb57-4e1f-b7d31813eeec@enterprisedb.com
2022-11-12 20:34:44 +01:00
Michael Paquier 6bbd8b7385 Use AbsoluteConfigLocation() when building an included path in hba.c
The code building an absolute path to a file included, as prefixed by
'@' in authentication files, for user and database lists uses the same
logic as for GUCs, except that it has no need to know about DataDir as
there is always a calling file to rely to build the base directory path.
The refactoring done in a1a7bb8 makes this move straight-forward, and
unifies the code used for GUCs and authentication files, and the
intention is to rely also on that for the upcoming patch to be able to
include full files from HBA or ident files.

Note that this gets rid of an inconsistency introduced in 370f909, that
copied the logic coming from GUCs but applied it for files included in
authentication files, where the result buffer given to
join_path_components() must have a size of MAXPGPATH.  Based on a
double-check of the existing code, all the other callers of
join_path_components() already do that, except the code path changed
here.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y2igk7q8OMpg+Yta@paquier.xyz
2022-11-09 08:47:02 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut b5621b66e7 Unify some internal error message wordings 2022-11-08 18:45:29 +01:00
Michael Paquier d7744d50a5 Fix initialization of pg_stat_get_lastscan()
A NULL result should be reported when a stats timestamp is set to 0, but
c037471 missed that, leading to a confusing timestamp value after for
example a DML on a freshly-created relation with no scans done on it
yet.

This impacted the following attributes for two system views:
- pg_stat_all_tables.last_idx_scan
- pg_stat_all_tables.last_seq_scan
- pg_stat_all_indexes.last_idx_scan

Reported-by: Robert Treat
Analyzed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Author: Dave Page
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABV9wwPzMfSaz3EfKXXDxKmMprbxwF5r6WPuxqA=5mzRUqfTGg@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-08 10:50:09 +09:00
Michael Paquier a1a7bb8f16 Move code related to configuration files in directories to new file
The code in charge of listing and classifying a set of configuration
files in a directory was located in guc-file.l, being used currently for
GUCs under "include_dir".  This code is planned to be used for an
upcoming feature able to include configuration files for ident and HBA
files from a directory, similarly to GUCs.  In both cases, the file
names, suffixed by ".conf", have to be ordered alphabetically.  This
logic is moved to a new file, called conffiles.c, so as it is easier to
share this facility between GUCs and the HBA/ident parsing logic.

Author: Julien Rouhaud, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Y2IgaH5YzIq2b+iR@paquier.xyz
2022-11-07 12:31:38 +09:00
John Naylor 233cf6e8ad Remove outdated include
In the wake of bfb9dfd93, there are no longer any stat() calls in
guc-file.l, but the work leading to dac048f71 did not get the memo.

Noted by Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/Y2OosGi1Xh9x/lEn%40paquier.xyz
2022-11-04 07:50:57 +07:00
Alvaro Herrera 5fca91025e
Resolve partition strategy during early parsing
This has little practical value, but there's no reason to let the
partition strategy names travel through DDL as strings.

Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221021093216.ffupd7epy2mytkux@alvherre.pgsql
2022-11-03 16:25:54 +01:00
John Naylor 062eef3a9b Straighten include order in guc-file.l
Oversight in dac048f71e

Michael Paquier

Reviewed by Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/Y2IATvRGo347Lvd1%40paquier.xyz
2022-11-03 12:38:44 +07:00
David Rowley 7c335b7a20 Add doubly linked count list implementation
We have various requirements when using a dlist_head to keep track of the
number of items in the list.  This, traditionally, has been done by
maintaining a counter variable in the calling code.  Here we tidy this up
by adding "dclist", which is very similar to dlist but also keeps track of
the number of items stored in the list.

Callers may use the new dclist_count() function when they need to know how
many items are stored. Obtaining the count is an O(1) operation.

For simplicity reasons, dclist and dlist both use dlist_node as their node
type and dlist_iter/dlist_mutable_iter as their iterator type. dclists
have all of the same functionality as dlists except there is no function
named dclist_delete().  To remove an item from a list dclist_delete_from()
must be used.  This requires knowing which dclist the given item is stored
in.

Additionally, here we also convert some dlists where additional code
exists to keep track of the number of items stored and to make these use
dclists instead.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrtVxr+FXEX0VbViCFKDGxA3tWDgw9oFewNXCJMmwLjLg@mail.gmail.com
2022-11-02 14:06:05 +13:00
Tom Lane f4857082bc Fix planner failure with extended statistics on partitioned tables.
Some cases would result in "cache lookup failed for statistics object",
due to trying to fetch inherited statistics when only non-inherited
ones are available or vice versa.

Richard Guo and Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221030170520.GM16921@telsasoft.com
2022-11-01 14:34:44 -04:00
Michael Paquier a73952b795 Add check on initial and boot values when loading GUCs
This commit adds a function to perform a cross-check between the initial
value of the C declaration associated to a GUC and its actual boot
value in assert-enabled builds.  The purpose of this is to prevent
anybody reading these C declarations from being fooled by mismatched
values before they are loaded at program startup.

The following rules apply depending on the GUC type:
* bool - can be false, or same as boot_val.
* int - can be 0, or same as the boot_val.
* real - can be 0.0, or same as the boot_val.
* string - can be NULL, or strcmp'd equal to the boot_val.
* enum - equal to the boot_val.

This is done for the system as well custom GUCs loaded by external
modules, which may require extension developers to adapt the C
declaration of the variables used by these GUCs (testing this change
with some of my own modules has allowed me to catch some stupid typos,
FWIW).  This may finish by being a bad experiment depending on the
feedbcak received, but let's see how it goes.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Tom Lane, Michael Paquier, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtHE0XSfjjRQ6D4v7+dqzCw=d+1a64ujra4EX8aoc_Z+w@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-31 13:54:23 +09:00
Michael Paquier d9d873bac6 Clean up some inconsistencies with GUC declarations
This is similar to 7d25958, and this commit takes care of all the
remaining inconsistencies between the initial value used in the C
variable associated to a GUC and its default value stored in the GUC
tables (as of pg_settings.boot_val).

Some of the initial values of the GUCs updated rely on a compile-time
default.  These are refactored so as the GUC table and its C declaration
use the same values.  This makes everything consistent with other
places, backend_flush_after, bgwriter_flush_after, port,
checkpoint_flush_after doing so already, for example.

Extracted from a larger patch by Peter Smith.  The spots updated in the
modules are from me.

Author: Peter Smith, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Tom Lane, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtHE0XSfjjRQ6D4v7+dqzCw=d+1a64ujra4EX8aoc_Z+w@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-31 12:44:48 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut b1099eca8f Remove AssertArg and AssertState
These don't offer anything over plain Assert, and their usage had
already been declared obsolescent.

Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20221009210148.GA900071@nathanxps13
2022-10-28 09:19:06 +02:00
David Rowley d37aa3d358 Allow nodeSort to perform Datum sorts for byref types
Here we add a new 'copy' parameter to tuplesort_getdatum so that we can
instruct the function not to datumCopy() byref Datums before returning.

Similar to 91e9e89dc, this can provide significant performance
improvements in nodeSort when sorting by a single byref column and the
sort's targetlist contains only that column.

This allows us to re-enable Datum sorts for byref types which was disabled
in 3a5817695 due to a reported memory leak.

Additionally, here we slightly optimize DISTINCT aggregates so that we no
longer perform any datumCopy() when we find the current value not to be
distinct from the previous value.  Previously the code would always take a
copy of the most recent Datum and pfree the previous value, even when the
values were the same.  Testing shows a small but noticeable performance
increase when aggregate transitions are skipped due to the current
transition value being the same as the prior one.

Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqS6wC5U==k9Hd26E4EQXH3QR67-T4=Q1rQ36NGvjfVSg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqHonfe9G1cVaKeHbDx70R_zCrM3qP2AGXpGrieSKGnhA@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-28 09:25:12 +13:00
Michael Paquier c591300a8f Add rule_number to pg_hba_file_rules and map_number to pg_ident_file_mappings
These numbers are strictly-monotone identifiers assigned to each rule
of pg_hba_file_rules and each map of pg_ident_file_mappings when loading
the HBA and ident configuration files, indicating the order in which
they are checked at authentication time, until a match is found.

With only one file loaded currently, this is equivalent to the line
numbers assigned to the entries loaded if one wants to know their order,
but this becomes mandatory once the inclusion of external files is
added to the HBA and ident files to be able to know in which order the
rules and/or maps are applied at authentication.  Note that NULL is used
when a HBA or ident entry cannot be parsed or validated, aka when an
error exists, contrary to the line number.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-10-26 15:22:15 +09:00
Dean Rasheed 40c7fcbbed Improve the accuracy of numeric power() for integer exponents.
This makes the choice of result scale of numeric power() for integer
exponents consistent with the choice for non-integer exponents, and
with the result scale of other numeric functions. Specifically, the
result scale will be at least as large as the scale of either input,
and sufficient to ensure that the result has at least 16 significant
digits.

Formerly, the result scale was based only on the scale of the first
input, without taking into account the weight of the result. For
results with negative weight, that could lead to results with very few
or even no non-zero significant digits (e.g., 10.0 ^ (-18) produced
0.0000000000000000).

Fix this by moving responsibility for the choice of result scale into
power_var_int(), which already has code to estimate the result weight.

Per report by Adrian Klaver and suggested fix by Tom Lane.

No back-patch -- arguably this is a bug fix, but one which is easy to
work around, so it doesn't seem worth the risk of changing query
results in stable branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/12a40226-70ac-3a3b-3d3a-fdaf9e32d312%40aklaver.com
2022-10-20 10:10:17 +01:00
Michael Paquier fc579e11c6 Refactor regular expression handling in hba.c
AuthToken gains a regular expression, and IdentLine is changed so as it
uses an AuthToken rather than tracking separately the ident user string
used for the regex compilation and its generated regex_t.  In the case
of pg_ident.conf, a set of AuthTokens is built in the pre-parsing phase
of the file, and an extra regular expression is compiled when building
the list of IdentLines, after checking the sanity of the fields in a
pre-parsed entry.

The logic in charge of computing and executing regular expressions is
now done in a new set of routines called respectively
regcomp_auth_token() and regexec_auth_token() that are wrappers around
pg_regcomp() and pg_regexec(), working on AuthTokens.  While on it, this
patch adds a routine able to free an AuthToken, free_auth_token(), to
simplify a bit the logic around the requirement of using a specific free
routine for computed regular expressions.  Note that there are no
functional or behavior changes introduced by this commit.

The goal of this patch is to ease the use of regular expressions with
more items of pg_hba.conf (user list, database list, potentially
hostnames) where AuthTokens are used extensively.  This will be tackled
later in a separate patch.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fff0d7c1-8ad4-76a1-9db3-0ab6ec338bf7@amazon.com
2022-10-19 10:08:49 +09:00
Michael Paquier eddc128bea Remove compatibility declarations for InitMaterializedSRF()
These routines have been renamed in a19e5ce.  There is no need to keep
the compatibility declarations on HEAD, as once an extension moves to
the new routine name when compiling with v16~ the code would work the
same way when recompiled on v15.  No backpatch to v15 for this one,
because ABI compatibility has to be maintained there.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221013194820.ciktb2sbbpw7cljm@awork3.anarazel.de
2022-10-18 10:44:02 +09:00
Michael Paquier a19e5cee63 Rename SetSingleFuncCall() to InitMaterializedSRF()
Per discussion, the existing routine name able to initialize a SRF
function with materialize mode is unpopular, so rename it.  Equally, the
flags of this function are renamed, as of:
- SRF_SINGLE_USE_EXPECTED -> MAT_SRF_USE_EXPECTED_DESC
- SRF_SINGLE_BLESS -> MAT_SRF_BLESS
The previous function and flags introduced in 9e98583 are kept around
for compatibility purposes, so as any extension code already compiled
with v15 continues to work as-is.  The declarations introduced here for
compatibility will be removed from HEAD in a follow-up commit.

The new names have been suggested by Andres Freund and Melanie
Plageman.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20221013194820.ciktb2sbbpw7cljm@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch-through: 15
2022-10-18 10:22:35 +09:00
Tom Lane d57534740b Fix EXPLAIN of SEARCH BREADTH FIRST with a constant initial value.
If the non-recursive term of a SEARCH BREADTH FIRST recursive
query has only constants in its target list, the planner will
fold the starting RowExpr added by rewrite into a simple Const
of type RECORD.  The executor doesn't have any problem with
that --- but EXPLAIN VERBOSE will encounter the Const as the
ultimate source of truth about what the field names of the
SET column are, and it didn't know what to do with that.
Fortunately, we can pull the identifying typmod out of the
Const, in much the same way that record_out would.

For reasons that remain a bit obscure to me, this only fails
with SEARCH BREADTH FIRST, not SEARCH DEPTH FIRST or CYCLE.
But I added regression test cases for both of those options
too, just to make sure we don't break it in future.

Per bug #17644 from Matthijs van der Vleuten.  Back-patch
to v14 where these constructs were added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17644-3bd1f3036d6d7a16@postgresql.org
2022-10-16 19:18:08 -04:00
Andres Freund c037471832 pgstat: Track time of the last scan of a relation
It can be useful to know when a relation has last been used, e.g., when
evaluating whether an index is still required. It was already possible to
infer the time of the last usage by tracking, e.g.,
pg_stat_all_indexes.idx_scan over time. But far from everybody does so.

To make it easier to detect the last time a relation has been scanned, track
that time in each relation's pgstat entry. To minimize overhead a) the
timestamp is updated only when the backend pending stats entry is flushed to
shared stats b) the last transaction's stop timestamp is used as the
timestamp.

Bumps catalog and stats format versions.

Author: Dave Page <dpage@pgadmin.org>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Bruce Momjian <bruce@momjian.us>
Reviewed-by: Vik Fearing <vik@postgresfriends.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+OCxozrVHNFVEPkweUHMZje+t1tfY816d9MZYc6eZwOOusOaQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-14 11:11:34 -07:00
Tom Lane f13b2088fa Add auxiliary lists to GUC data structures for better performance.
The previous patch made addition of new GUCs cheap, but other GUC
operations aren't improved and indeed get a bit slower, because
hash_seq_search() is slower than just scanning a pointer array.

However, most performance-critical GUC operations only need
to touch a relatively small fraction of the GUCs; especially
so for AtEOXact_GUC().  We can improve matters at the cost
of a bit more space by adding dlist or slist links to the
GUC data structures.  This patch invents lists that track

(1) all GUCs with non-default "source";

(2) all GUCs with nonempty state stack (implying they've
been changed in the current transaction);

(3) all GUCs due for reporting to the client.

All of guc.c's performance-critical cases can make use of one or
another of these lists to avoid searching the whole hash table.
In particular, the stack list means that transaction end
doesn't take time proportional to the number of GUCs, but
only to the number changed in the current transaction.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2982579.1662416866@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-14 12:36:14 -04:00
Tom Lane 3057465acf Replace the sorted array of GUC variables with a hash table.
This gets rid of bsearch() in favor of hashed lookup.  The main
advantage is that it becomes far cheaper to add new GUCs, since
we needn't re-sort the pointer array.  Adding N new GUCs had
been O(N^2 log N), but now it's closer to O(N).  We need to
sort only in SHOW ALL and equivalent functions, which are
hopefully not performance-critical to anybody.

Also, merge GetNumConfigOptions() into get_guc_variables(),
because in a world where the set of GUCs isn't fairly static
you really want to consider those two results as tied together
not independent.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2982579.1662416866@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-14 12:26:39 -04:00
Tom Lane 407b50f2d4 Store GUC data in a memory context, instead of using malloc().
The only real argument for using malloc directly was that we needed
the ability to not throw error on OOM; but mcxt.c grew that feature
awhile ago.

Keeping the data in a memory context improves accountability and
debuggability --- for example, without this it's almost impossible
to detect memory leaks in the GUC code with anything less costly
than valgrind.  Moreover, the next patch in this series will add a
hash table for GUC lookup, and it'd be pretty silly to be using
palloc-dependent hash facilities alongside malloc'd storage of the
underlying data.

This is a bit invasive though, in particular causing an API break
for GUC check hooks that want to modify the GUC's value or use an
"extra" data structure.  They must now use guc_malloc() and
guc_free() instead of malloc() and free().  Failure to change
affected code will result in assertion failures or worse; but
thanks to recent effort in the mcxt infrastructure, it shouldn't
be too hard to diagnose such oversights (at least in assert-enabled
builds).

One note is that this changes ParseLongOption() to return short-lived
palloc'd not malloc'd data.  There wasn't any caller for which the
previous definition was better.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2982579.1662416866@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-14 12:10:48 -04:00
Tom Lane 9c911ec065 Make some minor improvements in memory-context infrastructure.
We lack a version of repalloc() that supports MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM
semantics, so invent repalloc_extended() with the usual set of
flags.  repalloc_huge() becomes a legacy wrapper for that.

Also, fix dynahash.c so that it can support HASH_ENTER_NULL
requests when using the default palloc-based allocator.
The only reason it didn't do that already was the lack of the
MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM option when that code was written, ages ago.

While here, simplify a few overcomplicated tests in mcxt.c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2982579.1662416866@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-14 11:55:56 -04:00
Tom Lane 0e87dfe464 Harden memory context allocators against bogus chunk pointers.
Before commit c6e0fe1f2, functions such as AllocSetFree could pretty
safely presume that they were given a valid chunk pointer for their
own type of context, because the indirect call through a memory
context object and method struct would be very unlikely to work
otherwise.  But now, if pfree() is mistakenly invoked on a pointer
to garbage, we have three chances in eight of ending up at one of
these functions.  That means we need to take extra measures to
verify that we are looking at what we're supposed to be looking at,
especially in debug builds.

Hence, add code to verify that the chunk's back-link to a block header
leads to a memory context object that satisfies the right sort of
IsA() check.  This is still a bit weaker than what we did before,
but for the moment assume that an IsA() check is sufficient.

As a compromise between speed and safety, implement these checks
as Asserts when dealing with small chunks but plain test-and-elogs
when dealing with large (external) chunks.  The latter case should
not be too performance-critical, but the former case probably is.
In slab.c, all chunks are small; but nonetheless use a plain test
in SlabRealloc, because that is certainly not performance-critical,
indeed we should be suspicious that it's being called in error.

In aset.c, additionally add some assertions that the "value" field
of the chunk header is within the small range allowed for freelist
indexes.  Without that, we might find ourselves trying to wipe
most of memory when CLOBBER_FREED_MEMORY is enabled, or scribbling
on a "freelist header" that's far away from the context object.

Eventually, field experience might show us that it's smarter for
these tests to be active always, but for now we'll try to get
away with just having them as assertions.

While at it, also be more uniform about asserting that context
objects passed as parameters are of the type we expect.  Some
places missed that altogether, and slab.c was for no very good
reason doing it differently from the other allocators.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3578387.1665244345@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-10 18:45:34 -04:00
Tom Lane 235eb4db98 Simplify our Assert infrastructure a little.
Remove the Trap and TrapMacro macros, which were nearly unused
and confusingly had the opposite condition polarity from the
otherwise-functionally-equivalent Assert macros.

Having done that, it's very hard to justify carrying the errorType
argument of ExceptionalCondition, so drop that too, and just
let it assume everything's an Assert.  This saves about 64K
of code space as of current HEAD.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3928703.1665345117@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-10 15:16:56 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 357cfefb09 Use C library functions instead of Abs() for int64
Instead of Abs() for int64, use the C standard functions labs() or
llabs() as appropriate.  Define a small wrapper around them that
matches our definition of int64.  (labs() is C90, llabs() is C99.)

Reviewed-by: Zhang Mingli <zmlpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4beb42b5-216b-bce8-d452-d924d5794c63%40enterprisedb.com
2022-10-10 09:01:17 +02:00
Andres Freund 06dbd619bf pgstat: Prevent stats reset from corrupting slotname by removing slotname
Previously PgStat_StatReplSlotEntry contained the slotname, which was mainly
used when writing out the stats during shutdown, to identify the slot in the
serialized data (at runtime the index in ReplicationSlotCtl->replication_slots
is used, but that can change during a restart). Unfortunately the slotname was
overwritten when the slot's stats were reset.

That turned out to only cause "real" problems if the slot was active during
the reset, triggering an assertion failure at the next
pgstat_report_replslot(). In other paths the stats were re-initialized during
pgstat_acquire_replslot().

Fix this by removing slotname from PgStat_StatReplSlotEntry. Instead we can
get the slot's name from the slot itself. Besides fixing a bug, this also is
architecturally cleaner (a name is not really statistics). This is safe
because stats, for a slot removed while shut down, will not be restored at
startup.

In 15 the slotname is not removed, but renamed, to avoid changing the stats
format. In master, bump PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.

This commit does not contain a test for the fix. I think this can only be
tested by a tap test starting pg_recvlogical in the background and checking
pg_recvlogical's output. That type of test is notoriously hard to be reliable,
so committing it shortly before the release is wrapped seems like a bad idea.

Reported-by: Jaime Casanova <jcasanov@systemguards.com.ec>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YxfagaTXUNa9ggLb@ahch-to
Backpatch: 15-, where the bug was introduced in 5891c7a8ed
2022-10-08 09:43:29 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut e4c61bedcb Use fabsf() instead of Abs() or fabs() where appropriate
This function is new in C99.

Reviewed-by: Zhang Mingli <zmlpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4beb42b5-216b-bce8-d452-d924d5794c63%40enterprisedb.com
2022-10-08 13:43:26 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut f14aad5169 Remove unnecessary uses of Abs()
Use C standard abs() or fabs() instead.

Reviewed-by: Zhang Mingli <zmlpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4beb42b5-216b-bce8-d452-d924d5794c63%40enterprisedb.com
2022-10-07 13:29:33 +02:00
Tom Lane 80ef926758 Improve our ability to detect bogus pointers passed to pfree et al.
Commit c6e0fe1f2 was a shade too trusting that any pointer passed
to pfree, repalloc, etc will point at a valid chunk.  Notably,
passing a pointer that was actually obtained from malloc tended
to result in obscure assertion failures, if not worse.  (On FreeBSD
I've seen such mistakes take down the entire cluster, seemingly as
a result of clobbering shared memory.)

To improve matters, extend the mcxt_methods[] array so that it
has entries for every possible MemoryContextMethodID bit-pattern,
with the currently unassigned ID codes pointing to error-reporting
functions.  Then, fiddle with the ID assignments so that patterns
likely to be associated with bad pointers aren't valid ID codes.
In particular, we should avoid assigning bit patterns 000 (zeroed
memory) and 111 (wipe_mem'd memory).

It turns out that on glibc (Linux), malloc uses chunk headers that
have flag bits in the same place we keep MemoryContextMethodID,
and that the bit patterns 000, 001, 010 are the only ones we'll
see as long as the backend isn't threaded.  So we can have very
robust detection of pfree'ing a malloc-assigned block on that
platform, at least so long as we can refrain from using up those
ID codes.  On other platforms, we don't have such a good guarantee,
but keeping 000 reserved will be enough to catch many such cases.

While here, make GetMemoryChunkMethodID() local to mcxt.c, as there
seems no need for it to be exposed even in memutils_internal.h.

Patch by me, with suggestions from Andres Freund and David Rowley.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2910981.1665080361@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-06 21:24:00 -04:00
Andres Freund e0b0142959 Create subscription stats entry at CREATE SUBSCRIPTION time
Previously, the subscription stats entry was created when the first
stats, i.e., an error on apply worker or tablesync worker,  were
reported. Therefore, the stats_reset field was not updated by
pg_stat_reset_subscription_stats() if the stats entry was not
populated yet, which was different behavior than other statistics.

This change creates the subscription stats entry and initializes it at
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION time.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_Zqd-e5imT_3-ZiQv1cfsWuy16OJTiUaCvqpq4V7GVdSg@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-06 17:17:16 -07:00
Tom Lane 9543eff5e0 Remove MemoryContextContains().
MemoryContextContains is no longer reliable in the wake of c6e0fe1f2,
because there's no longer very much redundancy in chunk headers.
(It wasn't *completely* reliable even before that, as there was a
chance of a false positive if you passed it something that didn't
point to an mcxt chunk at all.  But it was generally good enough.)

Hence, remove it.  There is no remaining core code that requires it.
Extensions that have been using it might be able to substitute a
test like "GetMemoryChunkContext(ptr) == context", recognizing that
this explicitly requires that the pointer point to some chunk.

Tom Lane and David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1913788.1664898906@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-06 13:35:31 -04:00
Tom Lane ca71131eeb Introduce t_isalnum() to replace t_isalpha() || t_isdigit() tests.
ts_locale.c omitted support for "isalnum" tests, perhaps on the
grounds that there were initially no use-cases for that.  However,
both ltree and pg_trgm need such tests, and we do also have one
use-case now in the core backend.  The workaround of testing
isalpha and isdigit separately seems quite inefficient, especially
when dealing with multibyte characters; so let's fill in the
missing support.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2548310.1664999615@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-10-06 11:08:56 -04:00
Andres Freund 902ab2fcef meson: Add windows resource files
The generated resource files aren't exactly the same ones as the old
buildsystems generate. Previously "InternalName" and "OriginalFileName" were
mostly wrong / not set (despite being required), but that was hard to fix in
at least the make build. Additionally, the meson build falls back to a
"auto-generated" description when not set, and doesn't set it in a few cases -
unlikely that anybody looks at these descriptions in detail.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
2022-10-05 09:56:05 -07:00
David Rowley 2d0bbedda7 Rename shadowed local variables
In a similar effort to f01592f91, here we mostly rename shadowed local
variables to remove the warnings produced when compiling with
-Wshadow=compatible-local.

This fixes 63 warnings and leaves just 5.

Author: Justin Pryzby, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion https://postgr.es/m/20220817145434.GC26426%40telsasoft.com
2022-10-05 21:01:41 +13:00
Michael Paquier bdf9b60085 Fix comment in guc_tables.c
s/ERROR_HANDLING/ERROR_HANDLING_OPTIONS/.

Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtDj3CV+f0pVisc0XYMi2LHGBpQxQWtF0FjiSVN_nV17Q@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-04 15:39:41 +09:00
Michael Paquier c42cd05c58 Cleanup useless assignments and checks
This cleans up a couple of areas:
- Remove XLogSegNo calculation for the last WAL segment in backup in
xlog.c (7d70809 has moved this logic entirely to xlogbackup.c when
building the contents of the backup history file).
- Remove check on log_min_duration in analyze.c, as it is already true
where this code path is reached.
- Simplify call to find_option() in guc.c.

Author: Ranier Vilela
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQArCDQQiPiFR16=yu9k5s2tp4tgEe1U1ZbkW4ofx81AWWQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-10-04 13:16:23 +09:00
Tom Lane f4c7c410ee Revert "Optimize order of GROUP BY keys".
This reverts commit db0d67db24 and
several follow-on fixes.  The idea of making a cost-based choice
of the order of the sorting columns is not fundamentally unsound,
but it requires cost information and data statistics that we don't
really have.  For example, relying on procost to distinguish the
relative costs of different sort comparators is pretty pointless
so long as most such comparator functions are labeled with cost 1.0.
Moreover, estimating the number of comparisons done by Quicksort
requires more than just an estimate of the number of distinct values
in the input: you also need some idea of the sizes of the larger
groups, if you want an estimate that's good to better than a factor of
three or so.  That's data that's often unknown or not very reliable.
Worse, to arrive at estimates of the number of calls made to the
lower-order-column comparison functions, the code needs to make
estimates of the numbers of distinct values of multiple columns,
which are necessarily even less trustworthy than per-column stats.
Even if all the inputs are perfectly reliable, the cost algorithm
as-implemented cannot offer useful information about how to order
sorting columns beyond the point at which the average group size
is estimated to drop to 1.

Close inspection of the code added by db0d67db2 shows that there
are also multiple small bugs.  These could have been fixed, but
there's not much point if we don't trust the estimates to be
accurate in-principle.

Finally, the changes in cost_sort's behavior made for very large
changes (often a factor of 2 or so) in the cost estimates for all
sorting operations, not only those for multi-column GROUP BY.
That naturally changes plan choices in many situations, and there's
precious little evidence to show that the changes are for the better.
Given the above doubts about whether the new estimates are really
trustworthy, it's hard to summon much confidence that these changes
are better on the average.

Since we're hard up against the release deadline for v15, let's
revert these changes for now.  We can always try again later.

Note: in v15, I left T_PathKeyInfo in place in nodes.h even though
it's unreferenced.  Removing it would be an ABI break, and it seems
a bit late in the release cycle for that.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB586665EB5FB2C3807E893941F5579@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2022-10-03 10:56:16 -04:00
Tom Lane d7e39d72ca Use actual backend IDs in pg_stat_get_backend_idset() and friends.
Up to now, the ID values returned by pg_stat_get_backend_idset() and
used by pg_stat_get_backend_activity() and allied functions were just
indexes into a local array of sessions seen by the last stats refresh.
This is problematic for a few reasons.  The "ID" of a session can vary
over its existence, which is surprising.  Also, while these numbers
often match the "backend ID" used for purposes like temp schema
assignment, that isn't reliably true.  We can fairly cheaply switch
things around to make these numbers actually be the sessions' backend
IDs.  The added test case illustrates that with this definition, the
temp schema used by a given session can be obtained given its PID.

While here, delete some dead code that guarded against getting
a NULL return from pgstat_fetch_stat_local_beentry().  That can't
happen as long as the caller is careful to pass an in-range array
index, as all the callers are.  (This code may not have been dead
when written, but it surely is now.)

Nathan Bossart

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220815205811.GA250990@nathanxps13
2022-09-29 12:14:39 -04:00
Michael Paquier 0823d061b0 Introduce SYSTEM_USER
SYSTEM_USER is a reserved keyword of the SQL specification that,
roughly described, is aimed at reporting some information about the
system user who has connected to the database server.  It may include
implementation-specific information about the means by the user
connected, like an authentication method.

This commit implements SYSTEM_USER as of auth_method:identity, where
"auth_method" is a keyword about the authentication method used to log
into the server (like peer, md5, scram-sha-256, gss, etc.) and
"identity" is the authentication identity as introduced by 9afffcb (peer
sets authn to the OS user name, gss to the user principal, etc.).  This
format has been suggested by Tom Lane.

Note that thanks to d951052, SYSTEM_USER is available to parallel
workers.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Joe Conway, Álvaro Herrera, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e692b8c-0b11-45db-1cad-3afc5b57409f@amazon.com
2022-09-29 15:05:40 +09:00
Thomas Munro b6d8a60aba Restore pg_pread and friends.
Commits cf112c12 and a0dc8271 were a little too hasty in getting rid of
the pg_ prefixes where we use pread(), pwrite() and vectored variants.

We dropped support for ancient Unixes where we needed to use lseek() to
implement replacements for those, but it turns out that Windows also
changes the current position even when you pass in an offset to
ReadFile() and WriteFile() if the file handle is synchronous, despite
its documentation saying otherwise.

Switching to asynchronous file handles would fix that, but have other
complications.  For now let's just put back the pg_ prefix and add some
comments to highlight the non-standard side-effect, which we can now
describe as Windows-only.

Reported-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220923202439.GA1156054%40nathanxps13
2022-09-29 13:12:11 +13:00
Tom Lane 4d2a844242 Allow callback functions to deregister themselves during a call.
Fetch the next-item pointer before the call not after, so that
we aren't dereferencing a dangling pointer if the callback
deregistered itself during the call.  The risky coding pattern
appears in CallXactCallbacks, CallSubXactCallbacks, and
ResourceOwnerReleaseInternal.  (There are some other places that
might be at hazard if they offered deregistration functionality,
but they don't.)

I (tgl) considered back-patching this, but desisted because it
wouldn't be very safe for extensions to rely on this working in
pre-v16 branches.

Hao Wu

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH+9SWXTiERkmhRke+QCcc+jRH8d5fFHTxh8ZK0-Yn4BSpyaAg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-28 11:23:27 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera d84a7b290f
Change some errdetail() to errdetail_internal()
This prevents marking the argument string for translation for gettext,
and it also prevents the given string (which is already translated) from
being translated at runtime.

Also, mark the strings used as arguments to check_rolespec_name for
translation.

Backpatch all the way back as appropriate.  None of this is caught by
any tests (necessarily so), so I verified it manually.
2022-09-28 17:14:53 +02:00
Robert Haas a448e49bcb Revert 56-bit relfilenode change and follow-up commits.
There are still some alignment-related failures in the buildfarm,
which might or might not be able to be fixed quickly, but I've also
just realized that it increased the size of many WAL records by 4 bytes
because a block reference contains a RelFileLocator. The effect of that
hasn't been studied or discussed, so revert for now.
2022-09-28 09:55:28 -04:00
Robert Haas 6af0827232 Fix InitializeRelfilenumberMap for 05d4cbf9b6
Since relfilenodes are now 56-bits, we use bigint as the SQL type
to represent them, which means F_INT8EQ must be used here rather
than F_OIDEQ. On 64-bit machines this doesn't matter, but 32-bit
machines are unhappy.

Dilip Kumar

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-t71ciSckMzixAhrF9py7oRO6xszKi4mTRwjuucXr5tpw@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-28 08:04:49 -04:00
Robert Haas 0222be1371 Fix alignment problems with SharedInvalSmgrMsg.
SharedInvalSmgrMsg can't require 8-byte alignment, because then
SharedInvalidationMessage will require 8-byte alignment, which will
then cause ParseCommitRecord to fail on machines that are picky
about alignment, because it assumes that everything that gets
packed into a commit record requires only 4-byte alignment.

Another problem with 05d4cbf9b6.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/3825454.1664310917@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-09-28 07:58:09 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut c8b2ef05f4 Convert *GetDatum() and DatumGet*() macros to inline functions
The previous macro implementations just cast the argument to a target
type but did not check whether the input type was appropriate.  The
function implementation can do better type checking of the input type.

For the *GetDatumFast() macros, converting to an inline function
doesn't work in the !USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL case, but we can use
AssertVariableIsOfTypeMacro() to get a similar level of type checking.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8528fb7e-0aa2-6b54-85fb-0c0886dbd6ed%40enterprisedb.com
2022-09-27 20:50:21 +02:00
Robert Haas 05d4cbf9b6 Increase width of RelFileNumbers from 32 bits to 56 bits.
RelFileNumbers are now assigned using a separate counter, instead of
being assigned from the OID counter. This counter never wraps around:
if all 2^56 possible RelFileNumbers are used, an internal error
occurs. As the cluster is limited to 2^64 total bytes of WAL, this
limitation should not cause a problem in practice.

If the counter were 64 bits wide rather than 56 bits wide, we would
need to increase the width of the BufferTag, which might adversely
impact buffer lookup performance. Also, this lets us use bigint for
pg_class.relfilenode and other places where these values are exposed
at the SQL level without worrying about overflow.

This should remove the need to keep "tombstone" files around until
the next checkpoint when relations are removed. We do that to keep
RelFileNumbers from being recycled, but now that won't happen
anyway. However, this patch doesn't actually change anything in
this area; it just makes it possible for a future patch to do so.

Dilip Kumar, based on an idea from Andres Freund, who also reviewed
some earlier versions of the patch. Further review and some
wordsmithing by me. Also reviewed at various points by Ashutosh
Sharma, Vignesh C, Amul Sul, Álvaro Herrera, and Tom Lane.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobp7+7kmi4gkq7Y+4AM9fTvL+O1oQ4-5gFTT+6Ng-dQ=g@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-27 13:25:21 -04:00
Tom Lane 3853664265 Introduce GUC_NO_RESET flag.
Previously, the transaction-property GUCs such as transaction_isolation
could be reset after starting a transaction, because we marked them
as GUC_NO_RESET_ALL but still allowed a targeted RESET.  That leads to
assertion failures or worse, because those properties aren't supposed
to change after we've acquired a transaction snapshot.

There are some NO_RESET_ALL variables for which RESET is okay, so
we can't just redefine the semantics of that flag.  Instead introduce
a separate GUC_NO_RESET flag.  Mark "seed", as well as the transaction
property GUCs, as GUC_NO_RESET.

We have to disallow GUC_ACTION_SAVE as well as straight RESET, because
otherwise a function having a "SET transaction_isolation" clause can
still break things: the end-of-function restore action is equivalent
to a RESET.

No back-patch, as it's conceivable that someone is doing something
this patch will forbid (like resetting one of these GUCs at transaction
start, or "CREATE FUNCTION ... SET transaction_read_only = 1") and not
running into problems with it today.  Given how long we've had this
issue and not noticed, the side effects in non-assert builds can't be
too serious.

Per bug #17385 from Andrew Bille.

Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17385-9ee529fb091f0ce5@postgresql.org
2022-09-27 11:47:12 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 249b0409b1
Fix pg_stat_statements for MERGE
We weren't jumbling the merge action list, so wildly different commands
would be considered to use the same query ID.  Add that, mention it in
the docs, and some test lines.

Backpatch to 15.

Author: Tatsu <bt22nakamorit@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d87e391694db75a038abc3b2597828e8@oss.nttdata.com
2022-09-27 10:44:42 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 26f7802beb Message style improvements 2022-09-24 18:41:25 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 8fb4e001e9 Harmonize more lexer function parameter names.
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions for several "lexer
adjacent" backend functions.  These were missed by commit aab06442.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt9CMM9KJTMjJh_zbL5hD9oX44qdJ4aqZtjFi-zA3Tg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-22 13:27:16 -07:00
Andres Freund e6927270cd meson: Add initial version of meson based build system
Autoconf is showing its age, fewer and fewer contributors know how to wrangle
it. Recursive make has a lot of hard to resolve dependency issues and slow
incremental rebuilds. Our home-grown MSVC build system is hard to maintain for
developers not using Windows and runs tests serially. While these and other
issues could individually be addressed with incremental improvements, together
they seem best addressed by moving to a more modern build system.

After evaluating different build system choices, we chose to use meson, to a
good degree based on the adoption by other open source projects.

We decided that it's more realistic to commit a relatively early version of
the new build system and mature it in tree.

This commit adds an initial version of a meson based build system. It supports
building postgres on at least AIX, FreeBSD, Linux, macOS, NetBSD, OpenBSD,
Solaris and Windows (however only gcc is supported on aix, solaris). For
Windows/MSVC postgres can now be built with ninja (faster, particularly for
incremental builds) and msbuild (supporting the visual studio GUI, but
building slower).

Several aspects (e.g. Windows rc file generation, PGXS compatibility, LLVM
bitcode generation, documentation adjustments) are done in subsequent commits
requiring further review. Other aspects (e.g. not installing test-only
extensions) are not yet addressed.

When building on Windows with msbuild, builds are slower when using a visual
studio version older than 2019, because those versions do not support
MultiToolTask, required by meson for intra-target parallelism.

The plan is to remove the MSVC specific build system in src/tools/msvc soon
after reaching feature parity. However, we're not planning to remove the
autoconf/make build system in the near future. Likely we're going to keep at
least the parts required for PGXS to keep working around until all supported
versions build with meson.

Some initial help for postgres developers is at
https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/Meson

With contributions from Thomas Munro, John Naylor, Stone Tickle and others.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211012083721.hvixq4pnh2pixr3j@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-09-21 22:37:17 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 3d4e841a07
Improve some GUC description strings
It is not our usual style to use "we" in messages.  Also, remove some
noise words.  Backpatch to 15.

Noted by Kyotaro Horiguchi.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220914.111507.13049297635620898.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2022-09-21 12:29:38 +02:00
Peter Geoghegan eccb607e19 Fix recent cpluspluscheck issue in selfuncs.h.
Fix selfuncs.h cpluspluscheck complaint, without reintroducing a
parameter name inconsistency (restore the original declaration names,
and then make corresponding function definitions consistent with that).

Oversight in commit a601366a.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
2022-09-20 14:08:57 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan a601366a46 Harmonize more parameter names in bulk.
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in optimizer, parser,
utility, libpq, and "commands" code, as well as in remaining library
code.  Do the same for all code related to frontend programs (with the
exception of pg_dump/pg_dumpall related code).

Like other recent commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.  Later commits will handle
ecpg and pg_dump/pg_dumpall.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt9CMM9KJTMjJh_zbL5hD9oX44qdJ4aqZtjFi-zA3Tg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-20 13:09:30 -07:00
Tom Lane 152c9f7b8f Suppress variable-set-but-not-used warnings from clang 15.
clang 15+ will issue a set-but-not-used warning when the only
use of a variable is in autoincrements (e.g., "foo++;").
That's perfectly sensible, but it detects a few more cases that
we'd not noticed before.  Silence the warnings with our usual
methods, such as PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY, or in one case by
actually removing a useless variable.

One thing that we can't nicely get rid of is that with %pure-parser,
Bison emits "yynerrs" as a local variable that falls foul of this
warning.  To silence those, I inserted "(void) yynerrs;" in the
top-level productions of affected grammars.

Per recently-established project policy, this is a candidate
for back-patching into out-of-support branches: it suppresses
annoying compiler warnings but changes no behavior.  Hence,
back-patch to 9.5, which is as far as these patches go without
issues.  (A preliminary check shows that the prior branches
need some other set-but-not-used cleanups too, so I'll leave
them for another day.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514615.1663615243@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-09-20 12:04:37 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan bfcf1b3480 Harmonize parameter names in storage and AM code.
Make sure that function declarations use names that exactly match the
corresponding names from function definitions in storage, catalog,
access method, executor, and logical replication code, as well as in
miscellaneous utility/library code.

Like other recent commits that cleaned up function parameter names, this
commit was written with help from clang-tidy.  Later commits will do the
same for other parts of the codebase.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt9CMM9KJTMjJh_zbL5hD9oX44qdJ4aqZtjFi-zA3Tg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-19 19:18:36 -07:00
Peter Geoghegan bc2187ed63 Consistently use named parameters in regex code.
Make regex code consistently use named parameters in function
declarations.  Also make sure that parameter names from each function's
declaration match corresponding definition parameter names.

This makes Henry Spencer's regex code follow Postgres coding standards.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznJt9CMM9KJTMjJh_zbL5hD9oX44qdJ4aqZtjFi-zA3Tg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-19 15:10:24 -07:00
David Rowley 66fa8ff637 Remove various duplicated words
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220919111000.GW31833@telsasoft.com
2022-09-20 08:37:02 +12:00
Andres Freund 9d3ebba729 pgstat: Create memory contexts below TopMemoryContext
So far they were created below CacheMemoryContext. However, that's not
guaranteed to exist in all situations, leading to memory contexts created as
top-level contexts. There isn't actually a good reason anymore to create them
below CacheMemoryContext, so just creating them below TopMemoryContext seems
the best approach.

Reported-by: Reid Thompson <reid.thompson@crunchydata.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bdrouvot@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b948b729-42fe-f88c-2f4a-0e65d84c049b@amazon.com
Backpatch: 15-
2022-09-17 09:04:23 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 5ac51c8c9e Adjust assorted hint messages that list all valid options.
Instead of listing all valid options, we now try to provide one
that looks similar.  Since this may be useful elsewhere, this
change introduces a new set of functions that can be reused for
similar purposes.

Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b1f9f399-3a1a-b554-283f-4ae7f34608e2@enterprisedb.com
2022-09-16 14:53:12 +02:00
Tom Lane 31dcfae83c Use the terminology "WAL file" not "log file" more consistently.
Referring to the WAL as just "log" invites confusion with the
postmaster log, so avoid doing that in docs and error messages.
Also shorten "WAL segment file" to just "WAL file" in various
places.

Bharath Rupireddy, reviewed by Nathan Bossart and Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACUeXa8tDPaiTLexBDMZ7hgvaN+RTb957-cn5qwv9zf-MQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-14 18:40:58 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 111d954024 Small wording improvements 2022-09-14 22:56:55 +02:00
Tom Lane 0a20ff54f5 Split up guc.c for better build speed and ease of maintenance.
guc.c has grown to be one of our largest .c files, making it
a bottleneck for compilation.  It's also acquired a bunch of
knowledge that'd be better kept elsewhere, because of our not
very good habit of putting variable-specific check hooks here.
Hence, split it up along these lines:

* guc.c itself retains just the core GUC housekeeping mechanisms.
* New file guc_funcs.c contains the SET/SHOW interfaces and some
  SQL-accessible functions for GUC manipulation.
* New file guc_tables.c contains the data arrays that define the
  built-in GUC variables, along with some already-exported constant
  tables.
* GUC check/assign/show hook functions are moved to the variable's
  home module, whenever that's clearly identifiable.  A few hard-
  to-classify hooks ended up in commands/variable.c, which was
  already a home for miscellaneous GUC hook functions.

To avoid cluttering a lot more header files with #include "guc.h",
I also invented a new header file utils/guc_hooks.h and put all
the GUC hook functions' declarations there, regardless of their
originating module.  That allowed removal of #include "guc.h"
from some existing headers.  The fallout from that (hopefully
all caught here) demonstrates clearly why such inclusions are
best minimized: there are a lot of files that, for example,
were getting array.h at two or more levels of remove, despite
not having any connection at all to GUCs in themselves.

There is some very minor code beautification here, such as
renaming a couple of inconsistently-named hook functions
and improving some comments.  But mostly this just moves
code from point A to point B and deals with the ensuing
needs for #include adjustments and exporting a few functions
that previously weren't exported.

Patch by me, per a suggestion from Andres Freund; thanks also
to Michael Paquier for the idea to invent guc_funcs.c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/587607.1662836699@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-09-13 11:11:45 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 45b1a67a0f pg_clean_ascii(): escape bytes rather than lose them
Rather than replace each unprintable byte with a '?' character, replace
it with a hex escape instead. The API now allocates a copy rather than
modifying the input in place.

Author: Jacob Champion <jchampion@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAAWbhmgsvHrH9wLU2kYc3pOi1KSenHSLAHBbCVmmddW6-mc_=w@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-13 16:10:44 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 8e7a0b4a36
Improve wal_decode_buffer_size description some more
Per Thomas Munro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ9wP9kpvgoxHvqA=4g1d9-y_w3LhhdhFVU=mFiqjwHww@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-13 12:02:56 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut e8d78581bb Revert "Convert *GetDatum() and DatumGet*() macros to inline functions"
This reverts commit 595836e99b.

It has problems when USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL is off.
2022-09-12 19:57:07 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 595836e99b Convert *GetDatum() and DatumGet*() macros to inline functions
The previous macro implementations just cast the argument to a target
type but did not check whether the input type was appropriate.  The
function implementation can do better type checking of the input type.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8528fb7e-0aa2-6b54-85fb-0c0886dbd6ed%40enterprisedb.com
2022-09-12 17:36:26 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson 8cb2a22bbb Fix NaN comparison in circle_same test
Commit c4c340088 changed geometric operators to use float4 and float8
functions, and handle NaN's in a better way. The circle sameness test
had a typo in the code which resulted in all comparisons with the left
circle having a NaN radius considered same.

  postgres=# select '<(0,0),NaN>'::circle ~= '<(0,0),1>'::circle;
  ?column?
  ----------
  t
  (1 row)

This fixes the sameness test to consider the radius of both the left
and right circle.

Backpatch to v12 where this was introduced.

Author: Ranier Vilela <ranier.vf@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAo8dK=yctg2ZzjJuzV4zgOPBxRU5+Kb+yatFiddtQk6Rw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v12
2022-09-12 12:59:06 +02:00
John Naylor 8b878bffa8 Bump minimum version of Flex to 2.5.35
Since the retirement of some older buildfarm members, the oldest Flex
that gets regular testing is 2.5.35.

Reviewed by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1097762.1662145681@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-09-09 12:55:23 +07:00
John Naylor b086a47a27 Bump minimum version of Bison to 2.3
Since the retirement of some older buildfarm members, the oldest Bison
that gets regular testing is 2.3. MacOS ships that version, and will
continue doing so for the forseeable future because of Apple's policy
regarding GPLv3. While Mac users could use a package manager to install
a newer version, there is no compelling reason to force them do so at
this time.

Reviewed by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1097762.1662145681@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-09-09 12:31:41 +07:00
David Rowley b76fb6c2a9 Temporarily make MemoryContextContains return false
5265e91fd changed MemoryContextContains to update it so that it works
correctly with the new MemoryChunk code added in c6e0fe1f2.  However,
5265e91fd was done with the assumption that MemoryContextContains would
only ever be given pointers to memory that had been returned by one of our
MemoryContext allocators.  It seems that's not true and many of our 32-bit
buildfarm animals are clearly showing that.

There are some code paths that call MemoryContextContains with a pointer
pointing part way into an allocated chunk.  The example of this found by
the 32-bit buildfarm animals is the int2int4_sum() function.  This
function returns transdata->sum, which is not a pointer to memory that was
allocated directly.  This return value is then subsequently passed to
MemoryContextContains which causes it to crash due to it thinking the
memory directly prior to that pointer is a MemoryChunk.  What's actually
in that memory is the field in the struct that comes prior to the "sum"
field.  This problem didn't occur in 64-bit world because BIGINT is a
byval type and the code which was calling MemoryContextContains with the
bad pointer only does so with non-byval types.

Here, instead of reverting 5265e91fd and making MemoryContextContains
completely broken again, let's just make it always return false for now.
Effectively prior to 5265e91fd it was doing that anyway, this at least
makes that more explicit.  The only repercussions of this with the current
MemoryContextContains calls are that we perform a datumCopy() when we
might not need to.  This should make the 32-bit buildfarm animals happy
again and give us more time to consider a long-term fix.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220907130552.sfjri7jublfxyyi4%40jrouhaud
2022-09-09 00:28:38 +12:00
Alvaro Herrera 4b4663fb4a
Message style fixes 2022-09-07 17:33:49 +02:00
David Rowley 5265e91fd1 Make MemoryContextContains work correctly again
c6e0fe1f2 recently changed the way we store headers for allocated chunks
of memory.  Prior to that commit, we stored a pointer to the owning
MemoryContext directly prior to the pointer to the allocated memory.
That's no longer true and c6e0fe1f2 neglected to update
MemoryContextContains() so that it correctly obtains the owning context
with the new method.

A side effect of this change and c6e0fe1f2, in general, is that it's even
less safe than it was previously to pass MemoryContextContains() an
arbitrary pointer which was not allocated by one of our MemoryContexts.
Previously some comments in MemoryContextContains() seemed to indicate
that the worst that could happen by passing an arbitrary pointer would be
a false positive return value.  It seems to me that this was a rather
wishful outlook as we subsequently proceeded to subtract sizeof(void *)
from the given pointer and then dereferenced that memory.  So it seems
quite likely that we could have segfaulted instead of returning a false
positive.  However, it's not impossible that the memory sizeof(void *)
bytes before the pointer could have been owned by the process, but it's
far less likely to work now as obtaining a pointer to the owning
MemoryContext is less direct than before c6e0fe1f2 and will access memory
that's possibly much further away to obtain the owning MemoryContext.
Because of this, I took the liberty of updating the comment to warn
against any future usages of the function and checked the existing core
usages to ensure that we only ever pass in a pointer to memory allocated
by a MemoryContext.

Extension authors updating their code for PG16 who are using
MemoryContextContains should check to ensure that only NULL pointers and
pointers to chunks allocated with a MemoryContext will ever be passed to
MemoryContextContains.

Reported-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220905230949.kb3x2fkpfwtngz43@awork3.anarazel.de
2022-09-08 00:20:20 +12:00
David Rowley 0e480385ec Make more effort to put a sentinel at the end of allocated memory
Traditionally, in MEMORY_CONTEXT_CHECKING builds, we only ever marked a
sentinel byte just beyond the requested size if there happened to be
enough space on the chunk to do so.  For Slab and Generation context
types, we only rounded the size of the chunk up to the next maxalign
boundary, so it was often not that likely that those would ever have space
for the sentinel given that the majority of allocation requests are going
to be for sizes which are maxaligned.  For AllocSet, it was a little
different as smaller allocations are rounded up to the next power-of-2
value rather than the next maxalign boundary, so we're a bit more likely
to have space for the sentinel byte, especially when we get away from tiny
sized allocations such as 8 or 16 bytes.

Here we make more of an effort to allow space so that there is enough room
for the sentinel byte in more cases.  This makes it more likely that we'll
detect when buggy code accidentally writes beyond the end of any of its
memory allocations.

Each of the 3 MemoryContext types has been changed as follows:

The Slab allocator will now always set a sentinel byte.  Both the current
usages of this MemoryContext type happen to use chunk sizes which were on
the maxalign boundary, so these never used sentinel bytes previously.

For the Generation allocator, we now always ensure there's enough space in
the allocation for a sentinel byte.

For AllocSet, this commit makes an adjustment for allocation sizes which
are greater than allocChunkLimit.  We now ensure there is always space for
a sentinel byte.  We don't alter the sentinel behavior for request sizes
<= allocChunkLimit.  Making way for the sentinel byte for power-of-2
request sizes would require doubling up to the next power of 2.  Some
analysis done on the request sizes made during installcheck shows that a
fairly large portion of allocation requests are for power-of-2 sizes.  The
amount of additional memory for the sentinel there seems prohibitive, so
we do nothing for those here.

Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3478405.1661824539@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-09-07 15:46:57 +12:00
David Rowley 8b26769bc4 Fix an assortment of improper usages of string functions
In a similar effort to f736e188c and 110d81728, fixup various usages of
string functions where a more appropriate function is available and more
fit for purpose.

These changes include:

1. Use cstring_to_text_with_len() instead of cstring_to_text() when
   working with a StringInfoData and the length can easily be obtained.
2. Use appendStringInfoString() instead of appendStringInfo() when no
   formatting is required.
3. Use pstrdup(...) instead of psprintf("%s", ...)
4. Use pstrdup(...) instead of psprintf(...) (with no formatting)
5. Use appendPQExpBufferChar() instead of appendPQExpBufferStr() when the
   length of the string being appended is 1.
6. appendStringInfoChar() instead of appendStringInfo() when no formatting
   is required and string is 1 char long.
7. Use appendPQExpBufferStr(b, .) instead of appendPQExpBuffer(b, "%s", .)
8. Don't use pstrdup when it's fine to just point to the string constant.

I (David) did find other cases of #8 but opted to use #4 instead as I
wasn't certain enough that applying #8 was ok (e.g in hba.c)

Author: Ranier Vilela, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvo2j2+RJBGhNtUz6BxabWWh2Jx16wMUMWKUjv70Ver1vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-06 13:19:44 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 6bcda4a721 Fix incorrect uses of Datum conversion macros
Since these macros just cast whatever you give them to the designated
output type, and many normal uses also cast the output type further, a
number of incorrect uses go undiscovered.  The fixes in this patch
have been discovered by changing these macros to inline functions,
which is the subject of a future patch.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8528fb7e-0aa2-6b54-85fb-0c0886dbd6ed%40enterprisedb.com
2022-09-05 13:30:44 +02:00
John Naylor dac048f71e Build all Flex files standalone
The proposed Meson build system will need a way to ignore certain
generated files in order to coexist with the autoconf build system,
and C files generated by Flex which are #include'd into .y files make
this more difficult. In similar vein to 72b1e3a21, arrange for all Flex
C files to compile to their own .o targets.

Reviewed by Andres Freund

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220810171935.7k5zgnjwqzalzmtm%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsF8Gc2StS3haXofshHCzqNMRXiSxvQEYGwnFsTmsdwNeg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-04 12:09:01 +07:00
John Naylor 80e8450a74 Move private declarations shared between guc.c and guc-file.l to new header
Further preparatory refactoring for compiling guc-file.c standalone.

Reviewed by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220810171935.7k5zgnjwqzalzmtm%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsF8Gc2StS3haXofshHCzqNMRXiSxvQEYGwnFsTmsdwNeg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-04 10:45:56 +07:00
John Naylor 1b188ea792 Preparatory refactoring for compiling guc-file.c standalone
Mostly this involves moving ProcessConfigFileInternal() to guc.c
and fixing the shared API to match.

Reviewed by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220810171935.7k5zgnjwqzalzmtm%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsF8Gc2StS3haXofshHCzqNMRXiSxvQEYGwnFsTmsdwNeg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-04 10:12:56 +07:00
Michael Paquier bfb9dfd937 Expand the use of get_dirent_type(), shaving a few calls to stat()/lstat()
Several backend-side loops scanning one or more directories with
ReadDir() (WAL segment recycle/removal in xlog.c, backend-side directory
copy, temporary file removal, configuration file parsing, some logical
decoding logic and some pgtz stuff) already know the type of the entry
being scanned thanks to the dirent structure associated to the entry, on
platforms where we know about DT_REG, DT_DIR and DT_LNK to make the
difference between a regular file, a directory and a symbolic link.

Relying on the direct structure of an entry saves a few system calls to
stat() and lstat() in the loops updated here, shaving some code while on
it.  The logic of the code remains the same, calling stat() or lstat()
depending on if it is necessary to look through symlinks.

Authors: Nathan Bossart, Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Thomas Munro, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACV8n-J-f=yiLUOx2=HrQGPSOZM3nWzyQQvLPcccPXxEdg@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-02 16:58:06 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan 2f2b18bd3f Revert SQL/JSON features
The reverts the following and makes some associated cleanups:

    commit f79b803dc: Common SQL/JSON clauses
    commit f4fb45d15: SQL/JSON constructors
    commit 5f0adec25: Make STRING an unreserved_keyword.
    commit 33a377608: IS JSON predicate
    commit 1a36bc9db: SQL/JSON query functions
    commit 606948b05: SQL JSON functions
    commit 49082c2cc: RETURNING clause for JSON() and JSON_SCALAR()
    commit 4e34747c8: JSON_TABLE
    commit fadb48b00: PLAN clauses for JSON_TABLE
    commit 2ef6f11b0: Reduce running time of jsonb_sqljson test
    commit 14d3f24fa: Further improve jsonb_sqljson parallel test
    commit a6baa4bad: Documentation for SQL/JSON features
    commit b46bcf7a4: Improve readability of SQL/JSON documentation.
    commit 112fdb352: Fix finalization for json_objectagg and friends
    commit fcdb35c32: Fix transformJsonBehavior
    commit 4cd8717af: Improve a couple of sql/json error messages
    commit f7a605f63: Small cleanups in SQL/JSON code
    commit 9c3d25e17: Fix JSON_OBJECTAGG uniquefying bug
    commit a79153b7a: Claim SQL standard compliance for SQL/JSON features
    commit a1e7616d6: Rework SQL/JSON documentation
    commit 8d9f9634e: Fix errors in copyfuncs/equalfuncs support for JSON node types.
    commit 3c633f32b: Only allow returning string types or bytea from json_serialize
    commit 67b26703b: expression eval: Fix EEOP_JSON_CONSTRUCTOR and EEOP_JSONEXPR size.

The release notes are also adjusted.

Backpatch to release 15.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/40d2c882-bcac-19a9-754d-4299e1d87ac7@postgresql.org
2022-09-01 17:07:14 -04:00
David Rowley 1083f94dac Be smarter about freeing tuples during tuplesorts
During dumptuples() the call to writetuple() would pfree any non-null
tuple.  This was quite wasteful as this happens just before we perform a
reset of the context which stores all of those tuples.

It seems to make sense to do a bit of a code refactor to make this work,
so here we just get rid of the writetuple function and adjust the WRITETUP
macro to call the state's writetup function.  The WRITETUP usage in
mergeonerun() always has state->slabAllocatorUsed == true, so writetuple()
would never free the tuple or do any memory accounting.  The only call
path that needs memory accounting done is in dumptuples(), so let's just
do it manually there.

In passing, let's get rid of the state->memtupcount-- code that counts the
memtupcount down to 0 one tuple at a time inside the loop.  That seems to
be a rather inefficient way to set memtupcount to 0, so let's just zero it
after the loop instead.

Author: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqZXoDCyrfCzZJR0-xH+7_q+GgitcQiYXUjRani7h4j8Q@mail.gmail.com
2022-09-01 11:08:10 +12:00
Robert Haas 0101f770a0 Fix a bug in roles_is_member_of.
Commit e3ce2de09d rearranged this
function to be able to identify which inherited role had admin option
on the target role, but it got the order of operations wrong, causing
the function to return wrong answers in the presence of non-inherited
grants.

Fix that, and add a test case that verifies the correct behavior.

Patch by me, reviewed by Nathan Bossart

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYamnu-xt-u7CqjYWnRiJ6BQaSpYOHXP=r4QGTfd1N_EA@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-31 08:22:24 -04:00
David Rowley d5ee4db0ea Use MAXALIGN() in calculations using sizeof(SlabBlock)
c6e0fe1f2 added a new pointer field to SlabBlock to make it 4 bytes larger
on 32-bit machines.  Prior to that commit, the size of that struct was a
multiple of 8, which meant that MAXALIGN(sizeof(SlabBlock)) was the same
as sizeof(SlabBlock), however, after c6e0fe1f2, due to the addition of the
new pointer field to store a pointer to the owning context, that was no
longer true on builds with sizeof(void *) == 4.

This problem was highlighted by an Assert failure which was checking that
the pointer given to pfree() was MAXALIGNED.  Various 32-bit ARM buildfarm
animals were failing.  These have MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF of 8.  The only 32-bit
testing I'd managed to do on c6e0fe1f2 had been on x86, which has a
MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF of 4, therefore did not exhibit this issue.

Here we define Slab_BLOCKHDRSZ and copy what is being done in aset.c and
generation.c for doing calculations based on the size of the context's
block type.  This means that SlabAlloc() will now always return a
MAXALIGNed pointer.

This also fixes an incorrect sentinel_ok() check in SlabCheck() which was
incorrectly checking the wrong sentinel byte.  This must have previously
not caused any issues due to the fullChunkSize never being large enough to
store the sentinel byte.

Diagnosed-by: Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
Author: Tomas Vondra, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1%2B1JyW5TiL%3DyV-3Uq1CrfnTyn0Xrk5uArt31Z%3D8rgPhXQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-08-30 14:36:04 +12:00
Tom Lane 7fed801135 Clean up inconsistent use of fflush().
More than twenty years ago (79fcde48b), we hacked the postmaster
to avoid a core-dump on systems that didn't support fflush(NULL).
We've mostly, though not completely, hewed to that rule ever since.
But such systems are surely gone in the wild, so in the spirit of
cleaning out no-longer-needed portability hacks let's get rid of
multiple per-file fflush() calls in favor of using fflush(NULL).

Also, we were fairly inconsistent about whether to fflush() before
popen() and system() calls.  While we've received no bug reports
about that, it seems likely that at least some of these call sites
are at risk of odd behavior, such as error messages appearing in
an unexpected order.  Rather than expend a lot of brain cells
figuring out which places are at hazard, let's just establish a
uniform coding rule that we should fflush(NULL) before these calls.
A no-op fflush() is surely of trivial cost compared to launching
a sub-process via a shell; while if it's not a no-op then we likely
need it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2923412.1661722825@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-08-29 13:55:41 -04:00
David Rowley c6e0fe1f2a Improve performance of and reduce overheads of memory management
Whenever we palloc a chunk of memory, traditionally, we prefix the
returned pointer with a pointer to the memory context to which the chunk
belongs.  This is required so that we're able to easily determine the
owning context when performing operations such as pfree() and repalloc().

For the AllocSet context, prior to this commit we additionally prefixed
the pointer to the owning context with the size of the chunk.  This made
the header 16 bytes in size.  This 16-byte overhead was required for all
AllocSet allocations regardless of the allocation size.

For the generation context, the problem was worse; in addition to the
pointer to the owning context and chunk size, we also stored a pointer to
the owning block so that we could track the number of freed chunks on a
block.

The slab allocator had a 16-byte chunk header.

The changes being made here reduce the chunk header size down to just 8
bytes for all 3 of our memory context types.  For small to medium sized
allocations, this significantly increases the number of chunks that we can
fit on a given block which results in much more efficient use of memory.

Additionally, this commit completely changes the rule that pointers to
palloc'd memory must be directly prefixed by a pointer to the owning
memory context and instead, we now insist that they're directly prefixed
by an 8-byte value where the least significant 3-bits are set to a value
to indicate which type of memory context the pointer belongs to.  Using
those 3 bits as an index (known as MemoryContextMethodID) to a new array
which stores the methods for each memory context type, we're now able to
pass the pointer given to functions such as pfree() and repalloc() to the
function specific to that context implementation to allow them to devise
their own methods of finding the memory context which owns the given
allocated chunk of memory.

The reason we're able to reduce the chunk header down to just 8 bytes is
because of the way we make use of the remaining 61 bits of the required
8-byte chunk header.  Here we also implement a general-purpose MemoryChunk
struct which makes use of those 61 remaining bits to allow the storage of
a 30-bit value which the MemoryContext is free to use as it pleases, and
also the number of bytes which must be subtracted from the chunk to get a
reference to the block that the chunk is stored on (also 30 bits).  The 1
additional remaining bit is to denote if the chunk is an "external" chunk
or not.  External here means that the chunk header does not store the
30-bit value or the block offset.  The MemoryContext can use these
external chunks at any time, but must use them if any of the two 30-bit
fields are not large enough for the value(s) that need to be stored in
them.  When the chunk is marked as external, it is up to the MemoryContext
to devise its own means to determine the block offset.

Using 3-bits for the MemoryContextMethodID does mean we're limiting
ourselves to only having a maximum of 8 different memory context types.
We could reduce the bit space for the 30-bit value a little to make way
for more than 3 bits, but it seems like it might be better to do that only
if we ever need more than 8 context types.  This would only be a problem
if some future memory context type which does not use MemoryChunk really
couldn't give up any of the 61 remaining bits in the chunk header.

With this MemoryChunk, each of our 3 memory context types can quickly
obtain a reference to the block any given chunk is located on.  AllocSet
is able to find the context to which the chunk is owned, by first
obtaining a reference to the block by subtracting the block offset as is
stored in the 'hdrmask' field and then referencing the block's 'aset'
field.  The Generation context uses the same method, but GenerationBlock
did not have a field pointing back to the owning context, so one is added
by this commit.

In aset.c and generation.c, all allocations larger than allocChunkLimit
are stored on dedicated blocks.  When there's just a single chunk on a
block like this, it's easy to find the block from the chunk, we just
subtract the size of the block header from the chunk pointer.  The size of
these chunks is also known as we store the endptr on the block, so we can
just subtract the pointer to the allocated memory from that.  Because we
can easily find the owning block and the size of the chunk for these
dedicated blocks, we just always use external chunks for allocation sizes
larger than allocChunkLimit.  For generation.c, this sidesteps the problem
of non-external MemoryChunks being unable to represent chunk sizes >= 1GB.
This is less of a problem for aset.c as we store the free list index in
the MemoryChunk's spare 30-bit field (the value of which will never be
close to using all 30-bits).  We can easily reverse engineer the chunk size
from this when needed.  Storing this saves AllocSetFree() from having to
make a call to AllocSetFreeIndex() to determine which free list to put the
newly freed chunk on.

For the slab allocator, this commit adds a new restriction that slab
chunks cannot be >= 1GB in size.  If there happened to be any users of
slab.c which used chunk sizes this large, they really should be using
AllocSet instead.

Here we also add a restriction that normal non-dedicated blocks cannot be
1GB or larger.  It's now not possible to pass a 'maxBlockSize' >= 1GB
during the creation of an AllocSet or Generation context.  Allocations can
still be larger than 1GB, it's just these will always be on dedicated
blocks (which do not have the 1GB restriction).

Author: Andres Freund, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpjauCRXcgcaL6+e3eqecEHoeRm9D-kcbuvBitgPnW=vw@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-29 17:15:00 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 805a397db4 Add more detail why repalloc and pfree do not accept NULL pointers
Per discussion, we choose not to change this.  This just gives a
little bit more information.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/cf26e970-8e92-59f1-247a-aa265235075b%40enterprisedb.com
2022-08-28 09:55:04 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov 924954c670 Fix typo in comment for writetuple() function
Reported-by: David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrZ9Ky2LcWwcKsbdYChA850JE5qS%3DkGJiTNWS8mbBXZHw%40mail.gmail.com
2022-08-27 14:46:15 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut 45987aae26 Remove unnecessary casts in free() and pfree()
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/cf26e970-8e92-59f1-247a-aa265235075b%40enterprisedb.com
2022-08-26 15:55:57 +02:00
Thomas Munro bcc8b14ef6 Remove configure probe for sockaddr_in6 and require AF_INET6.
SUSv3 <netinet/in.h> defines struct sockaddr_in6, and all targeted Unix
systems have it.  Windows has it in <ws2ipdef.h>.  Remove the configure
probe, the macro and a small amount of dead code.

Also remove a mention of IPv6-less builds from the documentation, since
there aren't any.

This is similar to commits f5580882 and 077bf2f2 for Unix sockets.  Even
though AF_INET6 is an "optional" component of SUSv3, there are no known
modern operating system without it, and it seems even less likely to be
omitted from future systems than AF_UNIX.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGKErNfhmvb_H0UprEmp4LPzGN06yR2_0tYikjzB-2ECMw@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-26 10:18:30 +12:00
David Rowley 3e0fff2e68 More -Wshadow=compatible-local warning fixes
In a similar effort to f01592f91, here we're targetting fixing the
warnings where we've deemed the shadowing variable to serve a close enough
purpose to the shadowed variable just to reuse the shadowed version and
not declare the shadowing variable at all.

By my count, this takes the warning count from 106 down to 71.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220825020839.GT2342@telsasoft.com
2022-08-26 02:35:40 +12:00
Robert Haas e3ce2de09d Allow grant-level control of role inheritance behavior.
The GRANT statement can now specify WITH INHERIT TRUE or WITH
INHERIT FALSE to control whether the member inherits the granted
role's permissions. For symmetry, you can now likewise write
WITH ADMIN TRUE or WITH ADMIN FALSE to turn ADMIN OPTION on or off.

If a GRANT does not specify WITH INHERIT, the behavior based on
whether the member role is marked INHERIT or NOINHERIT. This means
that if all roles are marked INHERIT or NOINHERIT before any role
grants are performed, the behavior is identical to what we had before;
otherwise, it's different, because ALTER ROLE [NO]INHERIT now only
changes the default behavior of future grants, and has no effect on
existing ones.

Patch by me. Reviewed and testing by Nathan Bossart and Tushar Ahuja,
with design-level comments from various others.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa5Sf4PiWrfxA=sGzDKg0Ojo3dADw=wAHOhR9dggV=RmQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-25 10:06:02 -04:00
Tom Lane f25bed3801 Defend against stack overrun in a few more places.
SplitToVariants() in the ispell code, lseg_inside_poly() in geo_ops.c,
and regex_selectivity_sub() in selectivity estimation could recurse
until stack overflow; fix by adding check_stack_depth() calls.
So could next() in the regex compiler, but that case is better fixed by
converting its tail recursion to a loop.  (We probably get better code
that way too, since next() can now be inlined into its sole caller.)

There remains a reachable stack overrun in the Turkish stemmer, but
we'll need some advice from the Snowball people about how to fix that.

Per report from Egor Chindyaskin and Alexander Lakhin.  These mistakes
are old, so back-patch to all supported branches.

Richard Guo and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1661334672.728714027@f473.i.mail.ru
2022-08-24 13:02:19 -04:00
David Rowley f959bf9a5b Further -Wshadow=compatible-local warning fixes
These should have been included in 421892a19 as these shadowed variable
warnings can also be fixed by adjusting the scope of the shadowed variable
to put the declaration for it in an inner scope.

This is part of the same effort as f01592f91.

By my count, this takes the warning count from 114 down to 106.

Author: David Rowley and Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrwLGBP%2BYw9vriayyf%3DXR4uPWP5jr6cQhP9au_kaDUhbA%40mail.gmail.com
2022-08-24 22:04:28 +12:00
Michael Paquier d951052a9e Allow parallel workers to retrieve some data from Port
This commit moves authn_id into a new global structure called
ClientConnectionInfo (mapping to a MyClientConnectionInfo for each
backend) which is intended to hold all the client information that
should be shared between the backend and any of its parallel workers,
access for extensions and triggers being the primary use case.  There is
no need to push all the data of Port to the workers, and authn_id is
quite a generic concept so using a separate structure provides the best
balance (the name of the structure has been suggested by Robert Haas).

While on it, and per discussion as this would be useful for a potential
SYSTEM_USER that can be accessed through parallel workers, a second
field is added for the authentication method, copied directly from
Port.

ClientConnectionInfo is serialized and restored using a new parallel
key and a structure tracks the length of the authn_id, making the
addition of more fields straight-forward.

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Stephen Frost, Robert Haas, Tom Lane,
Michael Paquier, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/793d990837ae5c06a558d58d62de9378ab525d83.camel@vmware.com
2022-08-24 12:57:13 +09:00
Andres Freund 0c679464a8 Add BackendType for standalone backends
All backends should have a BackendType to enable statistics reporting
per BackendType.

Add a new BackendType for standalone backends, B_STANDALONE_BACKEND (and
alphabetize the BackendTypes). Both the bootstrap backend and single
user mode backends will have BackendType B_STANDALONE_BACKEND.

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAAKRu_aaq33UnG4TXq3S-OSXGWj1QGf0sU%2BECH4tNwGFNERkZA%40mail.gmail.com
2022-08-22 20:22:50 -07:00
Andres Freund cd063344fb pgstat: Acquire lock when reading variable-numbered stats
Somewhere during the development of the patch acquiring a lock during read
access to variable-numbered stats got lost. The missing lock acquisition won't
cause corruption, but can lead to reading torn values when accessing
stats. Add the missing lock acquisitions.

Reported-by: Greg Stark <stark@mit.edu>
Reviewed-by: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bdrouvot@amazon.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM-w4HMYkM_DkYhWtUGV+qE_rrBxKOzOF0+5faozxO3vXrc9wA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 15-
2022-08-22 20:16:50 -07:00
Robert Haas ce6b672e44 Make role grant system more consistent with other privileges.
Previously, membership of role A in role B could be recorded in the
catalog tables only once. This meant that a new grant of role A to
role B would overwrite the previous grant. For other object types, a
new grant of permission on an object - in this case role A - exists
along side the existing grant provided that the grantor is different.
Either grant can be revoked independently of the other, and
permissions remain so long as at least one grant remains. Make role
grants work similarly.

Previously, when granting membership in a role, the superuser could
specify any role whatsoever as the grantor, but for other object types,
the grantor of record must be either the owner of the object, or a
role that currently has privileges to perform a similar GRANT.
Implement the same scheme for role grants, treating the bootstrap
superuser as the role owner since roles do not have owners. This means
that attempting to revoke a grant, or admin option on a grant, can now
fail if there are dependent privileges, and that CASCADE can be used
to revoke these. It also means that you can't grant ADMIN OPTION on
a role back to a user who granted it directly or indirectly to you,
similar to how you can't give WITH GRANT OPTION on a privilege back
to a role which granted it directly or indirectly to you.

Previously, only the superuser could specify GRANTED BY with a user
other than the current user. Relax that rule to allow the grantor
to be any role whose privileges the current user posseses. This
doesn't improve compatibility with what we do for other object types,
where support for GRANTED BY is entirely vestigial, but it makes this
feature more usable and seems to make sense to change at the same time
we're changing related behaviors.

Along the way, fix "ALTER GROUP group_name ADD USER user_name" to
require the same privileges as "GRANT group_name TO user_name".
Previously, CREATEROLE privileges were sufficient for either, but
only the former form was permissible with ADMIN OPTION on the role.
Now, either CREATEROLE or ADMIN OPTION on the role suffices for
either spelling.

Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaFr-RZeQ+WoQ5nKPv97oT9+aDgK_a5+qWHSgbDsMp1Vg@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-22 11:35:17 -04:00
David Rowley f01592f915 Remove shadowed local variables that are new in v15
Compiling with -Wshadow=compatible-local yields quite a few warnings about
local variables being shadowed by compatible local variables in an inner
scope.  Of course, this is perfectly valid in C, but we have had bugs in
the past as a result of developers failing to notice this.  af7d270dd is a
recent example.

Here we do a cleanup of warnings we receive from -Wshadow=compatible-local
for code which is new to PostgreSQL 15.  We've yet to have the discussion
about if we actually ever want to run that as a standard compilation flag.
We'll need to at least get the number of warnings down to something easier
to manage before we can realistically consider if we want this or not.
This commit is the first step towards reducing the warnings.

The changes being made here are all fairly trivial.  Because of that, and
the fact that v15 is still in beta, this is being back-patched into 15.
It seems more risky not to do this as the risk of future bugs is increased
by the additional conflicts that this commit could cause for any future
bug fixes touching the same areas as this commit.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220817145434.GC26426%40telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2022-08-20 11:40:44 +12:00
Tom Lane efd0c16bec Avoid using list_length() to test for empty list.
The standard way to check for list emptiness is to compare the
List pointer to NIL; our list code goes out of its way to ensure
that that is the only representation of an empty list.  (An
acceptable alternative is a plain boolean test for non-null
pointer, but explicit mention of NIL is usually preferable.)

Various places didn't get that memo and expressed the condition
with list_length(), which might not be so bad except that there
were such a variety of ways to check it exactly: equal to zero,
less than or equal to zero, less than one, yadda yadda.  In the
name of code readability, let's standardize all those spellings
as "list == NIL" or "list != NIL".  (There's probably some
microscopic efficiency gain too, though few of these look to be
at all performance-critical.)

A very small number of cases were left as-is because they seemed
more consistent with other adjacent list_length tests that way.

Peter Smith, with bikeshedding from a number of us

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtQYe+ENX5KrONMfugf0q6NHg4hR5dAhqEXEc2eefFeig@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-17 11:12:35 -04:00
Tom Lane a466219428 Preserve memory context of VarStringSortSupport buffers.
When enlarging the work buffers of a VarStringSortSupport object,
varstrfastcmp_locale was careful to keep them in the ssup_cxt
memory context; but varstr_abbrev_convert just used palloc().
The latter creates a hazard that the buffers could be freed out
from under the VarStringSortSupport object, resulting in stomping
on whatever gets allocated in that memory later.

In practice, because we only use this code for ICU collations
(cf. 3df9c374e), the problem is confined to use of ICU collations.
I believe it may have been unreachable before the introduction
of incremental sort, too, as traditional sorting usually just
uses one context for the duration of the sort.

We could fix this by making the broken stanzas in varstr_abbrev_convert
match the non-broken ones in varstrfastcmp_locale.  However, it seems
like a better idea to dodge the issue altogether by replacing the
pfree-and-allocate-anew coding with repalloc, which automatically
preserves the chunk's memory context.  This fix does add a few cycles
because repalloc will copy the chunk's content, which the existing
coding assumes is useless.  However, we don't expect that these buffer
enlargement operations are performance-critical.  Besides that, it's
far from obvious that copying the buffer contents isn't required, since
these stanzas make no effort to mark the buffers invalid by resetting
last_returned, cache_blob, etc.  That seems to be safe upon examination,
but it's fragile and could easily get broken in future, which wouldn't
get revealed in testing with short-to-moderate-size strings.

Per bug #17584 from James Inform.  Whether or not the issue is
reachable in the older branches, this code has been broken on its
own terms from its introduction, so patch all the way back.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17584-95c79b4a7d771f44@postgresql.org
2022-08-14 12:05:27 -04:00
Thomas Munro f558088285 Remove HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS.
Since HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS is now defined unconditionally, remove the macro
and drop a small amount of dead code.

The last known systems not to have them (as far as I know at least) were
QNX, which we de-supported years ago, and Windows, which now has them.

If a new OS ever shows up with the POSIX sockets API but without working
AF_UNIX, it'll presumably still be able to compile the code, and fail at
runtime with an unsupported address family error.  We might want to
consider adding a HINT that you should turn off the option to use it if
your network stack doesn't support it at that point, but it doesn't seem
worth making the relevant code conditional at compile time.

Also adjust a couple of places in the docs and comments that referred to
builds without Unix-domain sockets, since there aren't any.  Windows
still gets a special mention in those places, though, because we don't
try to use them by default there yet.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2BL_3brvh%3D8e0BW_VfX9h7MtwgN%3DnFHP5o7X2oZucY9dg%40mail.gmail.com
2022-08-14 08:46:53 +12:00
John Naylor 37a6e5df37 Optimize xid/subxid searches in XidInMVCCSnapshot().
As reported by Yura Sokolov, scanning the snapshot->xip array has
noticeable impact on scalability when there are a large number of
concurrent writers. Use the optimized (on x86-64) routine from b6ef16756
to speed up searches through the [sub]xip arrays. One benchmark showed
a 5% increase in transaction throughput with 128 concurrent writers,
and a 50% increase in a pathological case of 1024 writers. While a hash
table would have scaled even better, it was ultimately rejected because
of concerns around code complexity and memory allocation. Credit to Andres
Freund for the idea to optimize linear search using SIMD instructions.

Nathan Bossart

Reviewed by: Andres Freund, John Naylor, Bharath Rupireddy, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220713170950.GA3116318%40nathanxps13
2022-08-11 09:17:42 +07:00
Michael Paquier 0b039e3a84 Fix some inconsistencies with GUC categories
This commit addresses a few things around GUCs:
- The TCP-related parameters (the four tcp_keepalives_* and
client_connection_check_interval are listed in postgresql.conf.sample in
a subsection called "TCP settings" of "CONNECTIONS AND AUTHENTICATION",
but they did not have their own group name in guc.c.
- enable_group_by_reordering, stats_fetch_consistency and
recovery_prefetch had an inconsistent description, missing a dot at the
end.
- In postgresql.conf.sample, "Process title" should not have a section
of its own, but it should be a subsection of "REPORTING AND LOGGING".

This impacts the contents of pg_settings, which could be seen as a
compatibility break, so no backpatch is done.  This is similar to the
cleanup done in a55a984.

Author: Shinya Kato
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e0c9c608624eafbba910c344282cb14@oss.nttdata.com
2022-08-09 20:01:44 +09:00
Tom Lane 5c7121bcf8 Fix function-defined-but-not-used warning.
Buildfarm member jacana (MinGW) has been complaining that
get_iso_localename is defined but not used.  This is evidently
fallout from the recent removal of VS2013 support in pg_locale.c.
Rearrange the #ifs so that get_iso_localename and its subroutine
search_locale_enum won't get built on MinGW.

I also noticed that a comment in get_iso_localename cross-
referenced a comment in IsoLocaleName that isn't there anymore.
Put back what I think is the referenced material.
2022-08-06 13:32:29 -04:00
Thomas Munro 5fc88c5d53 Replace pgwin32_is_junction() with lstat().
Now that lstat() reports junction points with S_IFLNK/S_ISLINK(), and
unlink() can unlink them, there is no need for conditional code for
Windows in a few places.  That was expressed by testing for WIN32 or
S_ISLNK, which we can now constant-fold.

The coding around pgwin32_is_junction() was a bit suspect anyway, as we
never checked for errors, and we also know that errors can be spuriously
reported because of transient sharing violations on this OS.  The
lstat()-based code has handling for that.

This also reverts 4fc6b6ee on master only.  That was done because
lstat() didn't previously work for symlinks (junction points), but now
it does.

Tested-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLfOOeyZpm5ByVcAt7x5Pn-%3DxGRNCvgiUPVVzjFLtnY0w%40mail.gmail.com
2022-08-06 12:50:59 +12:00
Michael Paquier 47ab1ac822 Use hba_file/ident_file GUCs rather than pg_hba.conf/pg_ident.conf in logs
This is particularly useful when log_min_messages is set to FATAL, so as
one can know which file was not getting loaded whether hba_file or
ident_file are set to some non-default values.  If using the default
values of these GUC parameters, the same reports are generated.

This commit changes the load (startup) and reload (SIGHUP) messages.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-08-05 09:37:12 +09:00
Thomas Munro cf112c1220 Remove dead pread and pwrite replacement code.
pread() and pwrite() are in SUSv2, and all targeted Unix systems have
them.

Previously, we defined pg_pread and pg_pwrite to emulate these function
with lseek() on old Unixen.  The names with a pg_ prefix were a reminder
of a portability hazard: they might change the current file position.
That hazard is gone, so we can drop the prefixes.

Since the remaining replacement code is Windows-only, move it into
src/port/win32p{read,write}.c, and move the declarations into
src/include/port/win32_port.h.

No need for vestigial HAVE_PREAD, HAVE_PWRITE macros as they were only
used for declarations in port.h which have now moved into win32_port.h.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark <stark@mit.edu>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ3LHeP9w5Fgzdr4G8AnEtJ=z=p6hGDEm4qYGEUX5B6fQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-05 09:49:21 +12:00
Thomas Munro 2b1f580ee2 Remove configure probes for symlink/readlink, and dead code.
symlink() and readlink() are in SUSv2 and all targeted Unix systems have
them.  We have partial emulation on Windows.  Code that raised runtime
errors on systems without it has been dead for years, so we can remove
that and also references to such systems in the documentation.

Define HAVE_READLINK and HAVE_SYMLINK macros on Unix.  Our Windows
replacement functions based on junction points can't be used for
relative paths or for non-directories, so the macros can be used to
check for full symlink support.  The places that deal with tablespaces
can just use symlink functions without checking the macros.  (If they
did check the macros, they'd need to provide an #else branch with a
runtime or compile time error, and it'd be dead code.)

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ3LHeP9w5Fgzdr4G8AnEtJ=z=p6hGDEm4qYGEUX5B6fQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-05 09:22:56 +12:00
Thomas Munro ca1e85513e Remove configure probe for dlopen, and refactor.
dlopen() is in SUSv2 and all targeted Unix systems have it.  We still
need replacement functions for Windows, but we don't need a configure
probe for that.

Since it's no longer needed by other operating systems, rename dlopen.c
to win32dlopen.c and move the declarations into win32_port.h.

Likewise, the macros RTLD_NOW and RTLD_GLOBAL now only need to be
defined on Windows, since all targeted Unix systems have 'em.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ3LHeP9w5Fgzdr4G8AnEtJ=z=p6hGDEm4qYGEUX5B6fQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-05 09:12:45 +12:00
Tom Lane ec62ce55a8 Change type "char"'s I/O format for non-ASCII characters.
Previously, a byte with the high bit set was just transmitted
as-is by charin() and charout().  This is problematic if the
database encoding is multibyte, because the result of charout()
won't be validly encoded, which breaks various stuff that
expects all text strings to be validly encoded.  We've
previously decided to enforce encoding validity rather than try
to individually harden each place that might have a problem with
such strings, so it's time to do something about "char".

To fix, represent high-bit-set characters as \ooo (backslash
and three octal digits), following the ancient "escape" format
for bytea.  charin() will continue to accept the old way as well,
though that is only reachable in single-byte encodings.

Add some test cases just so there is coverage for this code.
We'll otherwise leave this question undocumented as it was before,
because we don't really want to encourage end-user use of "char".

For the moment, back-patch into v15 so that this change appears
in 15beta3.  If there's not great pushback we should consider
absorbing this change into the older branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2318797.1638558730@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-08-02 10:29:35 -04:00
Amit Kapila 6b24d3f9cc Move common catalog cache access routines to lsyscache.c
In passing, move pg_relation_is_publishable next to similar functions.

Suggested-by: Alvaro Herrera
Author: Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PupQ5UW9A9ut0Yjt21J9tHhx958z5L0k8-9hTYf_NYqxA@mail.gmail.com
2022-08-02 10:47:22 +05:30
Tom Lane 4ddfbd2a8e Fix trim_array() for zero-dimensional array argument.
The code tried to access ARR_DIMS(v)[0] and ARR_LBOUND(v)[0]
whether or not those values exist.  This made the range check
on the "n" argument unstable --- it might or might not fail, and
if it did it would report garbage for the allowed upper limit.
These bogus accesses would probably annoy Valgrind, and if you
were very unlucky even lead to SIGSEGV.

Report and fix by Martin Kalcher.  Back-patch to v14 where this
function was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/baaeb413-b8a8-4656-5757-ef347e5ec11f@aboutsource.net
2022-07-31 13:43:17 -04:00
Tom Lane 283129e325 Support pg_read_[binary_]file (filename, missing_ok).
There wasn't an especially nice way to read all of a file while
passing missing_ok = true.  Add an additional overloaded variant
to support that use-case.

While here, refactor the C code to avoid a rats-nest of PG_NARGS
checks, instead handling the argument collection in the outer
wrapper functions.  It's a bit longer this way, but far more
straightforward.

(Upon looking at the code coverage report for genfile.c, I was
impelled to also add a test case for pg_stat_file() -- tgl)

Kyotaro Horiguchi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220607.160520.1984541900138970018.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2022-07-29 15:38:49 -04:00
Robert Haas bbe08b8869 Use TRUNCATE to preserve relfilenode for pg_largeobject + index.
Commit 9a974cbcba arranged to preserve
the relfilenode of user tables across pg_upgrade, but failed to notice
that pg_upgrade treats pg_largeobject as a user table and thus it needs
the same treatment. Otherwise, large objects will appear to vanish
after a  pg_upgrade.

Commit d498e052b4 fixed this problem
by teaching pg_dump to UPDATE pg_class.relfilenode for pg_largeobject
and its index. However, because an UPDATE on the catalog rows doesn't
change anything on disk, this can leave stray files behind in the new
cluster. They will normally be empty, but it's a little bit untidy.

Hence, this commit arranges to do the same thing using DDL. Specifically,
it makes TRUNCATE work for the pg_largeobject catalog when in
binary-upgrade mode, and it then uses that command in binary-upgrade
dumps as a way of setting pg_class.relfilenode for pg_largeobject and
its index. That way, the old files are removed from the new cluster.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYYMXGUJO5GZk1-MByJGu_bB8CbOL6GJQC8=Bzt6x6vDg@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-28 16:03:42 -04:00
Tom Lane e09d7a1262 Improve speed of hash index build.
In the initial data sort, if the bucket numbers are the same then
next sort on the hash value.  Because index pages are kept in
hash value order, this gains a little speed by allowing the
eventual tuple insertions to be done sequentially, avoiding repeated
data movement within PageAddItem.  This seems to be good for overall
speedup of 5%-9%, depending on the incoming data.

Simon Riggs, reviewed by Amit Kapila

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-FG-1ZNMBuwhUF7AxxJz3u5137dYL-o6hchK1V_dMw86g@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-28 14:34:32 -04:00
Robert Haas a2e97cb2b6 Fix read_relmap_file() concurrency on Windows.
Commit d8cd0c6c95 introduced a file
rename that could fail on Windows, probably due to other backends
having an open file handle to the old file of the same name.
Re-arrange the locking slightly to prevent that, by making sure the
open() and close() run while we hold the lock.

Thomas Munro. I added an explanatory comment.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLZtCTgp4NTWV-wGbR2Nyag71%3DEfYTKjDKnk%2BfkhuFMHw%40mail.gmail.com
2022-07-27 11:12:15 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov d0b193c0fa Split tuplesortvariants.c from tuplesort.c
This commit puts the implementation of Tuple sort variants into the separate
file tuplesortvariants.c.  That gives better separation of the code and
serves well as the demonstration that Tuple sort variant can be defined outside
of tuplesort.c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvjix0Ahx-H3Jp1M2R%2B_74P-zKnGGygx4OWr%3DbUQ8BNdw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Maxim Orlov, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, John Naylor
2022-07-27 08:28:26 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov ec92fe9835 Split TuplesortPublic from Tuplesortstate
The new TuplesortPublic data structure contains the definition of
sort-variant-specific interface methods and the part of Tuple sort operation
state required by their implementations.  This will let define Tuple sort
variants without knowledge of Tuplesortstate, that is without knowledge
of generic sort implementation guts.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvjix0Ahx-H3Jp1M2R%2B_74P-zKnGGygx4OWr%3DbUQ8BNdw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Maxim Orlov, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, John Naylor
2022-07-27 08:28:10 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 097366c45f Move memory management away from writetup() and tuplesort_put*()
This commit puts some generic work away from sort-variant-specific function.
In particular, tuplesort_put*() now doesn't need to decrease available memory
and switch to sort context before calling puttuple_common().  writetup()
doesn't need to free SortTuple.tuple and increase available memory.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvjix0Ahx-H3Jp1M2R%2B_74P-zKnGGygx4OWr%3DbUQ8BNdw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Maxim Orlov, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, John Naylor
2022-07-27 08:27:58 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov 033dd02db2 Put abbreviation logic into puttuple_common()
Abbreviation code is very similar along tuplesort_put*() functions.  This
commit unifies that code and puts it into puttuple_common().  tuplesort_put*()
functions differs in the abbreviation condition, so it has been added as an
argument to the puttuple_common() function.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvjix0Ahx-H3Jp1M2R%2B_74P-zKnGGygx4OWr%3DbUQ8BNdw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Maxim Orlov, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, John Naylor
2022-07-27 08:27:46 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov cadfdd1edf Add new Tuplesortstate.removeabbrev function
This commit is the preparation to move abbreviation logic into
puttuple_common().  The new removeabbrev function turns datum1 representation
of SortTuple's from the abbreviated key to the first column value.  Therefore,
it encapsulates the differential part of abbreviation handling code in
tuplesort_put*() functions, making these functions similar.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvjix0Ahx-H3Jp1M2R%2B_74P-zKnGGygx4OWr%3DbUQ8BNdw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Maxim Orlov, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, John Naylor
2022-07-27 08:27:29 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov d47da3162b Remove Tuplesortstate.copytup function
It's currently unclear how do we split functionality between
Tuplesortstate.copytup() function and tuplesort_put*() functions.
For instance, copytup_index() and copytup_datum() return error while
tuplesort_putindextuplevalues() and tuplesort_putdatum() do their work.
This commit removes Tuplesortstate.copytup() altogether, putting the
corresponding code into tuplesort_put*().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdvjix0Ahx-H3Jp1M2R%2B_74P-zKnGGygx4OWr%3DbUQ8BNdw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Maxim Orlov, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, John Naylor
2022-07-27 08:26:53 +03:00
Robert Haas d8cd0c6c95 Remove the restriction that the relmap must be 512 bytes.
Instead of relying on the ability to atomically overwrite the
entire relmap file in one shot, write a new one and durably
rename it into place. Removing the struct padding and the
calculation showing why the map is exactly 512 bytes, and change
the maximum number of entries to a nearby round number.

Patch by me, reviewed by Andres Freund and Dilip Kumar.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZq5%3DLWDK7kHaUbmWXxcaTuw_QwafgG9dr-BaPym_U8WQ%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-ttOXLX75k_WzRo9ar=VvxFhrHi+rJxns997F+yvkm==A@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-26 14:56:25 -04:00
Michael Paquier 27e0ee57f6 Fix path reference when parsing pg_ident.conf for pg_ident_file_mappings
Since a2c8499, HbaFileName (default pg_hba.conf) was getting used
instead of IdentFileName (default pg_ident.conf) as the parent file to
use as reference when parsing the contents of pg_ident.conf, with
pg_ident.conf correctly opened, when feeding this information to
pg_ident_file_mappings.  This had two consequences:
- On an I/O error when reading pg_ident.conf, the user would get an
ERROR message referring to pg_hba.conf and not pg_ident.conf.
- When reading an external file with a relative path using '@' in
pg_ident.conf, the directory used to look at the file to load would be
the base directory of pg_hba.conf rather than the one of pg_ident.conf,
leading to errors in pg_ident_file_mappings inconsistent with what gets
loaded at startup when pg_ident.conf and pg_hba.conf are located in
different directories.

This error only impacted the SQL view pg_ident_file_mappings that uses a
logic new to v15 to fill the view with the parsed information, not the
code paths loading these authentication files at startup.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220726050402.vsr6fmz7rsgpmdz3@jrouhaud
Backpatch-through: 15
2022-07-26 15:57:31 +09:00
Tom Lane b35617de37 Process session_preload_libraries within InitPostgres's transaction.
Previously we did this after InitPostgres, at a somewhat randomly chosen
place within PostgresMain.  However, since commit a0ffa885e doing this
outside a transaction can cause a crash, if we need to check permissions
while replacing a placeholder GUC.  (Besides which, a preloaded library
could itself want to do database access within _PG_init.)

To avoid needing an additional transaction start/end in every session,
move the process_session_preload_libraries call to within InitPostgres's
transaction.  That requires teaching the code not to call it when
InitPostgres is called from somewhere other than PostgresMain, since
we don't want session_preload_libraries to affect background workers.
The most future-proof solution here seems to be to add an additional
flag parameter to InitPostgres; fortunately, we're not yet very worried
about API stability for v15.

Doing this also exposed the fact that we're currently honoring
session_preload_libraries in walsenders, even those not connected to
any database.  This seems, at minimum, a POLA violation: walsenders
are not interactive sessions.  Let's stop doing that.

(All these comments also apply to local_preload_libraries, of course.)

Per report from Gurjeet Singh (thanks also to Nathan Bossart and Kyotaro
Horiguchi for review).  Backpatch to v15 where a0ffa885e came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABwTF4VEpwTHhRQ+q5MiC5ucngN-whN-PdcKeufX7eLSoAfbZA@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-25 10:27:43 -04:00
Thomas Munro 634a89c708 Remove configure probe for wctype.h.
This header is present in SUSv2 and Windows.

Also remove the inclusion of <wchar.h>, following clues that it was only
included for the benefit of historical systems that didn't have
<wctype.h>.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKAmTgbg_hMiGG5T7pkpzOnY1cWFAHYtZXHCpqeC_hCkA%40mail.gmail.com
2022-07-23 16:54:00 +12:00
Tom Lane 0b292bed92 Close old gap in dependency checks for functions returning composite.
The dependency logic failed to register a column-level dependency
when a view or rule contains a reference to a specific column of
the result of a function-returning-composite.  That meant you could
drop the column from the composite type, causing trouble for future
executions of the view.  We've known about this for years, but never
summoned the energy to actually fix it, instead installing various
low-level defenses to prevent crashing on references to dropped columns.
We had to do that to plug the hole in stable branches, where there might
be pre-existing broken references; but let's fix the root cause today.

To do that, add some logic (borrowed from get_rte_attribute_is_dropped)
to find_expr_references_walker, to check whether a Var referencing an
RTE_FUNCTION RTE is referencing a column of a composite type, and if
so add the proper dependency.

However ... it seems mighty unwise to remove said low-level defenses,
since there could be other bugs now or in the future that allow
reaching them.  By the same token, letting those defenses go untested
seems unwise.  Hence, rather than just dropping the associated test
cases, hack them to continue working by the expedient of manually
dropping the pg_depend entries that this fix installs.

Back-patch into v15.  I don't want to risk changing this behavior
in stable branches, but it seems not too late for v15.  (Since
we have already forced initdb for beta3, we can be sure that all
production v15 installations will have these added dependencies.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/182492.1658431155@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-22 12:46:42 -04:00
Thomas Munro 4f1f5a7f85 Remove fls(), use pg_leftmost_one_pos32() instead.
Commit 4f658dc8 provided the traditional BSD fls() function in
src/port/fls.c so it could be used in several places.  Later we added a
bunch of similar facilities in pg_bitutils.h, based on compiler
builtins that map to hardware instructions.  It's a bit confusing to
have both 1-based and 0-based variants of this operation in use in
different parts of the tree, and neither is blessed by a standard.
Let's drop fls.c and the configure probe, and reuse the newer code.

Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B7dSX1XF8yFGmYk-%3D48dbjH2kmzZj16XvhbrWP-9BzRg%40mail.gmail.com
2022-07-22 10:41:50 +12:00
Tom Lane b9654cecea Fix ruleutils issues with dropped cols in functions-returning-composite.
Due to lack of concern for the case in the dependency code, it's
possible to drop a column of a composite type even though stored
queries have references to the dropped column via functions-in-FROM
that return the composite type.  There are "soft" references,
namely FROM-clause aliases for such columns, and "hard" references,
that is actual Vars referring to them.  The right fix for hard
references is to add dependencies preventing the drop; something
we've known for many years and not done (and this commit still doesn't
address it).  A "soft" reference shouldn't prevent a drop though.
We've been around on this before (cf. 9b35ddce9, 2c4debbd0), but
nobody had noticed that the current behavior can result in dump/reload
failures, because ruleutils.c can print more column aliases than the
underlying composite type now has.  So we need to rejigger the
column-alias-handling code to treat such columns as dropped and not
print aliases for them.

Rather than writing new code for this, I used expandRTE() which already
knows how to figure out which function result columns are dropped.
I'd initially thought maybe we could use expandRTE() in all cases, but
that fails for EXPLAIN's purposes, because the planner strips a lot of
RTE infrastructure that expandRTE() needs.  So this patch just uses it
for unplanned function RTEs and otherwise does things the old way.

If there is a hard reference (Var), then removing the column alias
causes us to fail to print the Var, since there's no longer a name
to print.  Failing seems less desirable than printing a made-up
name, so I made it print "?dropped?column?" instead.

Per report from Timo Stolz.  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5c91267e-3b6d-5795-189c-d15a55d61dbb@nullachtvierzehn.de
2022-07-21 13:56:02 -04:00
Dean Rasheed bcedd8f5fc Make subquery aliases optional in the FROM clause.
This allows aliases for sub-SELECTs and VALUES clauses in the FROM
clause to be omitted.

This is an extension of the SQL standard, supported by some other
database systems, and so eases the transition from such systems, as
well as removing the minor inconvenience caused by requiring these
aliases.

Patch by me, reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCUCGCf82=hxd9N5n6xGHPyYpQnxW8HneeH+uP7yNALkWA@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-20 09:29:42 +01:00
Michael Paquier 12c254c99f Tweak detail and hint messages to be consistent with project policy
Detail and hint messages should be full sentences and should end with a
period, but some of the messages newly-introduced in v15 did not follow
that.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220719120948.GF12702@telsasoft.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2022-07-20 09:50:12 +09:00
Tom Lane 13d8388151 Fix missed corner cases for grantable permissions on GUCs.
We allow users to set the values of not-yet-loaded extension GUCs,
remembering those values in "placeholder" GUC entries.  When/if
the extension is loaded later in the session, we need to verify that
the user had permissions to set the GUC.  That was done correctly
before commit a0ffa885e, but as of that commit, we'd check the
permissions of the active role when the LOAD happens, not the role
that had set the value.  (This'd be a security bug if it had made it
into a released version.)

In principle this is simple enough to fix: we just need to remember
the exact role OID that set each GUC value, and use that not
GetUserID() when verifying permissions.  Maintaining that data in
the guc.c data structures is slightly tedious, but fortunately it's
all basically just copy-n-paste of the logic for tracking the
GucSource of each setting, as we were already doing.

Another oversight is that validate_option_array_item() hadn't
been taught to check for granted GUC privileges.  This appears
to manifest only in that ALTER ROLE/DATABASE RESET ALL will
fail to reset settings that the user should be allowed to reset.

Patch by myself and Nathan Bossart, per report from Nathan Bossart.
Back-patch to v15 where the faulty code came in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220706224727.GA2158260@nathanxps13
2022-07-19 17:21:55 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 4371d34f29 Clean up temp file from refactored dtrace rule
related to eb6569fd0e
2022-07-19 07:31:58 +02:00
Andres Freund eb6569fd0e Refactor dtrace postprocessing make rules
This is in preparation for building postgres with meson / ninja.

Move the dtrace postprocessing sed commands into a separate file so
that it can be shared by meson.  Also split the rule into two for
proper dependency declaration.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e216522-ba3c-f0e6-7f97-5276d0270029@enterprisedb.com
2022-07-18 12:33:02 -07:00
Andres Freund 2bf626b714 Add output file argument to generate-errcodes.pl
This is in preparation for building postgres with meson / ninja.

meson's 'capture' (redirecting stdout to a file) is a bit slower than programs
redirecting output themselves (mostly due to a python wrapper necessary for
windows). That doesn't matter for most things, but errcodes.h is a dependency
of nearly everything, making it a bit faster seem worthwhile.

Medium term it might also be worth avoiding writing errcodes.h if its contents
didn't actually change, to avoid unnecessary recompilations.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e216522-ba3c-f0e6-7f97-5276d0270029@enterprisedb.com
2022-07-18 12:24:35 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut 976b06c663 Add another SQL/JSON error code
A code comment said that the standard does not define a number for
ERRCODE_SQL_JSON_ITEM_CANNOT_BE_CAST_TO_TARGET_TYPE, but this was
fixed in a later draft version of the standard, so use that number
now.
2022-07-18 14:26:43 +02:00
Tom Lane f49a9fc2bb Fix omissions in support for the "regcollation" type.
The patch that added regcollation doesn't seem to have been too
thorough about supporting it everywhere that other reg* types
are supported.  Fix that.  (The find_expr_references omission
is moderately serious, since it could result in missing expression
dependencies.  The others are less exciting.)

Noted while fixing bug #17483.  Back-patch to v13 where
regcollation was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1423433.1652722406@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-17 17:43:28 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 9fd45870c1 Replace many MemSet calls with struct initialization
This replaces all MemSet() calls with struct initialization where that
is easily and obviously possible.  (For example, some cases have to
worry about padding bits, so I left those.)

(The same could be done with appropriate memset() calls, but this
patch is part of an effort to phase out MemSet(), so it doesn't touch
memset() calls.)

Reviewed-by: Ranier Vilela <ranier.vf@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/9847b13c-b785-f4e2-75c3-12ec77a3b05c@enterprisedb.com
2022-07-16 08:50:49 +02:00
Thomas Munro 7bae3bbf62 Create a distinct wait event for POSIX DSM allocation.
Previously we displayed "DSMFillZeroWrite" while in posix_fallocate(),
because we shared the same wait event for "mmap" and "posix" DSM types.
Let's introduce a new wait event "DSMAllocate", to be more accurate.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220711174518.yldckniicknsxgzl%40awork3.anarazel.de
2022-07-14 23:56:28 +12:00
Michael Paquier 6203583b72 Remove support for Visual Studio 2013
No members of the buildfarm are using this version of Visual Studio,
resulting in all the code cleaned up here as being mostly dead, and
VS2017 is the oldest version still supported.

More versions could be cut, but the gain would be minimal, while
removing only VS2013 has the advantage to remove from the core code all
the dependencies on the value defined by _MSC_VER, where compatibility
tweaks have accumulated across the years mostly around locales and
strtof(), so that's a nice isolated cleanup.

Note that this commit additionally allows a revert of 3154e16.  The
versions of Visual Studio now supported range from 2015 to 2022.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Juan José Santamaría Flecha, Tom Lane, Thomas Munro, Justin
Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YoH2IMtxcS3ncWn+@paquier.xyz
2022-07-14 11:22:49 +09:00
Tom Lane e64cdab003 Invent qsort_interruptible().
Justin Pryzby reported that some scenarios could cause gathering
of extended statistics to spend many seconds in an un-cancelable
qsort() operation.  To fix, invent qsort_interruptible(), which is
just like qsort_arg() except that it will also do CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS
every so often.  This bloats the backend by a couple of kB, which
seems like a good investment.  (We considered just enabling
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS in the existing qsort and qsort_arg functions,
but there are some callers for which that'd demonstrably be unsafe.
Opt-in seems like a better way.)

For now, just apply qsort_interruptible() in statistics collection.
There's probably more places where it could be useful, but we can
always change other call sites as we find problems.

Back-patch to v14.  Before that we didn't have extended stats on
expressions, so that the problem was less severe.  Also, this patch
depends on the sort_template infrastructure introduced in v14.

Tom Lane and Justin Pryzby

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220509000108.GQ28830@telsasoft.com
2022-07-12 16:30:36 -04:00
Jeff Davis b40baa96a7 Provide log_status_format(), useful for an emit_log_hook.
Refactor so that log_line_prefix() is a thin wrapper over a new
function log_status_format(), and move the implementation to the
latter. Export log_status_format() so that it can be used by an
emit_log_hook.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/39c8197652f4d3050aedafae79fa5af31096505f.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Alvaro Herrera
2022-07-11 12:29:33 -07:00
Thomas Munro 9db300ce6e Remove HP-UX port.
HP-UX hardware is no longer produced, build farm coverage recently
ended, and there are no known active maintainers targeting this OS.
Since there is a major rewrite of the build system in the pipeline for
PostgreSQL 16, and that requires development, testing and maintainance
for each OS and tool chain, it seems like a good time to drop support
for:

 * HP-UX, the operating system.
 * HP aCC, the HP-UX native compiler.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1415825.1656893299%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-07-08 14:05:05 +12:00
Michael Paquier 495ed0ef2d Make Windows 10 the minimal runtime requirement for WIN32
This commit bumps the runtime value of _WIN32_WINNT to be 0x0A00 for any
builds on Windows.  Hence, this makes Windows 10 the minimal requirement
when running PostgreSQL under WIN32, be it for builds of Cygwin, MinGW
or Visual Studio.

The previous minimal runtime version was either Windows Vista when
building with at least Visual Studio 2015 or Windows XP for the rest.

Windows 10 is the most modern version supported by Microsoft, and per
discussion, as we don't have buildfarm members that run older versions
anymore, this is the minimal supported version that suits better for our
needs.  This will actually make easier the development of some patches,
two being async I/O and large page handling by avoiding a lot of
compatibility gotchas, on platforms that have most likely few users
anyway.

It is possible to remove MIN_WINNT in win32.h and the macros
IsWindowsXXXOrGreater() that were used in the code at runtime to check
which version of Windows was getting used.  The change in pg_locale.c
comes from Juan.  Note that all my tests passed, and that the CI is
green.  The buildfarm will quickly tell if this needs more adjustments.

Author: Michael Paquier, Juan José Santamaría Flecha
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yo7tHKD8VCkeNi71@paquier.xyz
2022-07-07 13:25:45 +09:00
Andres Freund f4d3ca421d pgstat: slru: remove outdated comment
That comment might have been true at some point during development, but
definitely isn't anymore.

Reported-By: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Backpatch: 15-
2022-07-06 15:57:29 -07:00
David Rowley 0229106afa Overload index_form_tuple to allow the memory context to be supplied
40af10b57 changed things so we make use of a generation memory context for
storing tuples to be sorted by tuplesort.c. That change does not play
nicely with the changes made in 9f03ca915 (back in 2014). That commit
changed things so that index_form_tuple() is called while switched into
the tuplestore's tuplecontext. In order to fetch the tuple from the index,
index_form_tuple() must do various memory allocations which are unrelated
to the storage of the final returned tuple. Although all of these
allocations are pfree'd, the fact that we now use a generation context
means that the memory for these pfree'd allocations won't be used again by
any other allocation due to generation.c's lack of freelists.  This could
result in sorts used for building indexes exceeding maintenance_work_mem
by a very large amount.

Here we fix it so we no longer allocate anything apart from the tuple
itself into the generation context by adding a new version of
index_form_tuple named index_form_tuple_context, which can be called to
specify the MemoryContext to allocate the tuple into.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrHQkiFRHiGiAS-LMOvJN-eK-s762=tVzBz8ZqUea-a_A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 15, where 40af10b57 was added.
2022-07-07 08:14:00 +12:00
Robert Haas b0a55e4329 Change internal RelFileNode references to RelFileNumber or RelFileLocator.
We have been using the term RelFileNode to refer to either (1) the
integer that is used to name the sequence of files for a certain relation
within the directory set aside for that tablespace/database combination;
or (2) that value plus the OIDs of the tablespace and database; or
occasionally (3) the whole series of files created for a relation
based on those values. Using the same name for more than one thing is
confusing.

Replace RelFileNode with RelFileNumber when we're talking about just the
single number, i.e. (1) from above, and with RelFileLocator when we're
talking about all the things that are needed to locate a relation's files
on disk, i.e. (2) from above. In the places where we refer to (3) as
a relfilenode, instead refer to "relation storage".

Since there is a ton of SQL code in the world that knows about
pg_class.relfilenode, don't change the name of that column, or of other
SQL-facing things that derive their name from it.

On the other hand, do adjust closely-related internal terminology. For
example, the structure member names dbNode and spcNode appear to be
derived from the fact that the structure itself was called RelFileNode,
so change those to dbOid and spcOid. Likewise, various variables with
names like rnode and relnode get renamed appropriately, according to
how they're being used in context.

Hopefully, this is clearer than before. It is also preparation for
future patches that intend to widen the relfilenumber fields from its
current width of 32 bits. Variables that store a relfilenumber are now
declared as type RelFileNumber rather than type Oid; right now, these
are the same, but that can now more easily be changed.

Dilip Kumar, per an idea from me. Reviewed also by Andres Freund.
I fixed some whitespace issues, changed a couple of words in a
comment, and made one other minor correction.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoamOtXbVAQf9hWFzonUo6bhhjS6toZQd7HZ-pmojtAmag@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobp7+7kmi4gkq7Y+4AM9fTvL+O1oQ4-5gFTT+6Ng-dQ=g@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vTe79M8uDH1yprOU64MNFE+R3ODRuA+JWf27JbhY4hJw@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-06 11:39:09 -04:00
Andres Freund 056cc366fa pgstat: reduce timer overhead by leaving timer running.
Previously the timer was enabled whenever there were any pending stats after
executing a statement, just to then be disabled again when not idle
anymore. That lead to an increase in GetCurrentTimestamp() calls from within
timeout.c compared to 14.

To avoid that increase, leave the timer enabled until stats are reported,
rather than until idle. The timer is only disabled once the pending stats have
been reported.

For me this fixes the increase in GetCurrentTimestamp() calls, there now are
fewer calls in 15 than in 14, in the previously slowed down workload.

While at it, also update assertion in pgstat_report_stat() to be more precise.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 15-
2022-07-05 11:54:46 -07:00
Andres Freund 3f8148c256 Revert 019_replslot_limit.pl related debugging aids.
This reverts most of 91c0570a79, f28bf667f6, fe0972ee5e, afdeff1052. The
only thing left is the retry loop in 019_replslot_limit.pl that avoids
spurious failures by retrying a couple times.

We haven't seen any hard evidence that this is caused by anything but slow
process shutdown. We did not find any cases where walsenders did not vanish
after waiting for longer. Therefore there's no reason for this debugging code
to remain.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220530190155.47wr3x2prdwyciah@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 15-
2022-07-05 11:01:10 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan 89a39d4a4d Remove %error-verbose directive from jsonpath parser
None of the other bison parsers contains this directive, and it gives
rise to some unfortunate and impenetrable messages, so just remove it.

Backpatch to release 12, where it was introduced.

Per gripe from Erik Rijkers

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ba069ce2-a98f-dc70-dc17-2ccf2a9bf7c7@xs4all.nl
2022-07-03 17:08:25 -04:00
Tom Lane b762bbde30 Allow makeaclitem() to accept multiple privilege names.
Interpret its privileges argument as a comma-separated list of
privilege names, as in has_table_privilege and other functions.
This is actually net less code, since the support routine to
parse that already exists, and we can drop convert_priv_string()
which had no other use-case.

Robins Tharakan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e5a05dc54ba64408b3dd260171c1abaf@EX13D05UWC001.ant.amazon.com
2022-07-03 16:49:24 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 02c408e21a Remove redundant null pointer checks before free()
Per applicable standards, free() with a null pointer is a no-op.
Systems that don't observe that are ancient and no longer relevant.
Some PostgreSQL code already required this behavior, so this change
does not introduce any new requirements, just makes the code more
consistent.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/dac5d2d0-98f5-94d9-8e69-46da2413593d%40enterprisedb.com
2022-07-03 11:47:15 +02:00
Thomas Munro 94ebf8117c Default to dynamic_shared_memory_type=sysv on Solaris.
POSIX shm_open() can sleep for a long time and fail spuriously because
of contention on an internal lock file on Solaris (and presumably
illumos).  Commit 389869af fixed the main problem with this, namely that
we could crash, but it's now clear that "posix" is not a good default.

Therefore, choose "sysv" at initdb time on Solaris and illumos.  Other
choices are still available by editing the postgresql.conf file.

Back-patch only to 15, because contention is much less likely further
back, and it doesn't seem like a good idea to change this in released
branches.  This should clear up the failures on build farm animal
margay.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKqKrCV5xKWfh9rnm%3Do%3DDwZLTLtnsj_XpUi9g5%3DV%2B9oyg%40mail.gmail.com
2022-07-02 16:23:39 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut d746021de1 Add construct_array_builtin, deconstruct_array_builtin
There were many calls to construct_array() and deconstruct_array() for
built-in types, for example, when dealing with system catalog columns.
These all hardcoded the type attributes necessary to pass to these
functions.

To simplify this a bit, add construct_array_builtin(),
deconstruct_array_builtin() as wrappers that centralize this hardcoded
knowledge.  This simplifies many call sites and reduces the amount of
hardcoded stuff that is spread around.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2914356f-9e5f-8c59-2995-5997fc48bcba%40enterprisedb.com
2022-07-01 11:23:15 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 258f48f858 Change some unnecessary MemSet calls
MemSet() with a value other than 0 just falls back to memset(), so the
indirection is unnecessary if the value is constant and not 0.  Since
there is some interest in getting rid of MemSet(), this gets some easy
cases out of the way.  (There are a few MemSet() calls that I didn't
change to maintain the consistency with their surrounding code.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAEudQApCeq4JjW1BdnwU=m=-DvG5WyUik0Yfn3p6UNphiHjj+w@mail.gmail.com
2022-07-01 00:16:38 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 8cd61d288a Avoid unnecessary MemSet call
The variable in question was changed from a struct to a pointer some
time ago (77947c51c0).  Using MemSet to zero it still works but is
obviously unidiomatic and confusing, so change it to a straight
assignment.

Author: Ranier Vilela <ranier.vf@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAEudQApCeq4JjW1BdnwU=m=-DvG5WyUik0Yfn3p6UNphiHjj+w@mail.gmail.com
2022-06-30 19:10:13 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas adf6d5dfb2 Fix visibility check when XID is committed in CLOG but not in procarray.
TransactionIdIsInProgress had a fast path to return 'false' if the
single-item CLOG cache said that the transaction was known to be
committed. However, that was wrong, because a transaction is first
marked as committed in the CLOG but doesn't become visible to others
until it has removed its XID from the proc array. That could lead to an
error:

    ERROR:  t_xmin is uncommitted in tuple to be updated

or for an UPDATE to go ahead without blocking, before the previous
UPDATE on the same row was made visible.

The window is usually very short, but synchronous replication makes it
much wider, because the wait for synchronous replica happens in that
window.

Another thing that makes it hard to hit is that it's hard to get such
a commit-in-progress transaction into the single item CLOG cache.
Normally, if you call TransactionIdIsInProgress on such a transaction,
it determines that the XID is in progress without checking the CLOG
and without populating the cache. One way to prime the cache is to
explicitly call pg_xact_status() on the XID. Another way is to use a
lot of subtransactions, so that the subxid cache in the proc array is
overflown, making TransactionIdIsInProgress rely on pg_subtrans and
CLOG checks.

This has been broken ever since it was introduced in 2008, but the race
condition is very hard to hit, especially without synchronous
replication. There were a couple of reports of the error starting from
summer 2021, but no one was able to find the root cause then.

TransactionIdIsKnownCompleted() is now unused. In 'master', remove it,
but I left it in place in backbranches in case it's used by extensions.

Also change pg_xact_status() to check TransactionIdIsInProgress().
Previously, it only checked the CLOG, and returned "committed" before
the transaction was actually made visible to other queries. Note that
this also means that you cannot use pg_xact_status() to reproduce the
bug anymore, even if the code wasn't fixed.

Report and analysis by Konstantin Knizhnik. Patch by Simon Riggs, with
the pg_xact_status() change added by me.

Author: Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4da7913d-398c-e2ad-d777-f752cf7f0bbb%40garret.ru
2022-06-27 08:21:08 +03:00
Thomas Munro 7201cd1862 Fix relptr's encoding of the base address.
Previously, we encoded both NULL and the first byte at the base address
as 0.  That confusion led to the assertion in commit e07d4ddc, which
failed when min_dynamic_shared_memory was used.  Give them distinct
encodings, by switching to 1-based offsets for non-NULL pointers.  Also
improve macro hygiene in passing (missing/misplaced parentheses), and
remove open-coded access to the raw offset value from freepage.c/h.

Although e07d4ddc was back-patched to 10, the only code that actually
makes use of relptr at the base address arrived in 84b1c63a, so no need
to back-patch further than 14 for now.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220519193839.GT19626%40telsasoft.com
2022-06-27 11:34:26 +12:00
Andres Freund eba331ae2a pgstat: Mention pgstat_replslot.c in pgstat.c.
Oversight, by me, in commit 5891c7a8ed.

Author: "Drouvot, Bertrand" <bdrouvot@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bd58e027-6598-57a2-679b-d576d17bfaa9@amazon.com
2022-06-22 16:50:14 -07:00
Tomas Vondra e3fcca0d0d Revert changes in HOT handling of BRIN indexes
This reverts commits 5753d4ee32 and fe60b67250 that modified HOT to
ignore BRIN indexes. The commit message for 5753d4ee32 claims that:

    When determining whether an index update may be skipped by using
    HOT, we can ignore attributes indexed only by BRIN indexes. There
    are no index pointers to individual tuples in BRIN, and the page
    range summary will be updated anyway as it relies on visibility
    info.

This is partially incorrect - it's true BRIN indexes don't point to
individual tuples, so HOT chains are not an issue, but the visibitlity
info is not sufficient to keep the index up to date. This can easily
result in corrupted indexes, as demonstrated in the hackers thread.

This does not mean relaxing the HOT restrictions for BRIN is a lost
cause, but it needs to handle the two aspects (allowing HOT chains and
updating the page range summaries) as separate. But that requires a
major changes, and it's too late for that in the current dev cycle.

Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/05ebcb44-f383-86e3-4f31-0a97a55634cf@enterprisedb.com
2022-06-16 15:02:49 +02:00
Tom Lane 7ab5b4eb48 Be more careful about GucSource for internally-driven GUC settings.
The original advice for hard-wired SetConfigOption calls was to use
PGC_S_OVERRIDE, particularly for PGC_INTERNAL GUCs.  However,
that's really overkill for PGC_INTERNAL GUCs, since there is no
possibility that we need to override a user-provided setting.
Instead use PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT in most places, so that the
value will appear with source = 'default' in pg_settings and thereby
not be shown by psql's new \dconfig command.  The one exception is
that when changing in_hot_standby in a hot-standby session, we still
use PGC_S_OVERRIDE, because people felt that seeing that in \dconfig
would be a good thing.

Similarly use PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT for the auto-tune value of
wal_buffers (if possible, that is if wal_buffers wasn't explicitly
set to -1), and for the typical 2MB value of max_stack_depth.

In combination these changes remove four not-very-interesting
entries from the typical output of \dconfig, all of which people
fingered as "why is that showing up?" in the discussion thread.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3118455.1649267333@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-06-08 13:26:18 -04:00
Tom Lane 16c80e7d0c Ensure ParseTzFile() closes the input file after failing.
We hadn't noticed this because (a) few people feed invalid
timezone abbreviation files to the server, and (b) in typical
scenarios guc.c would throw ereport(ERROR) and then transaction
abort handling would silently clean up the leaked file reference.
However, it was possible to observe file leakage warnings if one
breaks an already-active abbreviation file, because guc.c does
not throw ERROR when loading supposedly-validated settings during
session start or SIGHUP processing.

Report and fix by Kyotaro Horiguchi (cosmetic adjustments by me)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220530.173740.748502979257582392.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
2022-05-31 14:47:44 -04:00
Andres Freund 0107855b14 Align stats_fetch_consistency definition with guc.c default.
Somewhat embarrassing oversight in 98f897339b. Does not have a functional
impact, but is unnecessarily confusing.

Reported-By: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yo2351qVYqd/bJws@paquier.xyz
2022-05-28 13:11:59 -07:00
Michael Paquier f1431f3bff Handle NULL for short descriptions of custom GUC variables
If a short description is specified as NULL in one of the various
DefineCustomXXXVariable() functions available to external modules to
define a custom parameter, SHOW ALL would crash.  This change teaches
SHOW ALL to properly handle NULL short descriptions, as well as any code
paths that manipulate it, to gain in flexibility.  Note that
help_config.c was already able to do that, when describing a set of GUCs
for postgres --describe-config.

Author: Steve Chavez
Reviewed by: Nathan Bossart, Andres Freund, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGRrpzY6hO-Kmykna_XvsTv8P2DshGiU6G3j8yGao4mk0CqjHA%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 10
2022-05-28 12:12:40 +09:00
Tom Lane 6217053f4e Avoid ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR in oracle_compat.c functions.
repeat() checked for integer overflow during its calculation of the
required output space, but it just passed the resulting integer to
palloc().  This meant that result sizes between 1GB and 2GB led to
ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR, "invalid memory alloc request size" rather
than ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED, "requested length too large".
That seems like a bit of a wart, so add an explicit AllocSizeIsValid
check to make these error cases uniform.

Do likewise in the sibling functions lpad() etc.  While we're here,
also modernize their overflow checks to use pg_mul_s32_overflow() etc
instead of expensive divisions.

Per complaint from Japin Li.  This is basically cosmetic, so I don't
feel a need to back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ME3P282MB16676ED32167189CB0462173B6D69@ME3P282MB1667.AUSP282.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2022-05-26 12:25:10 -04:00
Andres Freund 98f897339b Fix stats_fetch_consistency default value indicated in postgresql.conf.sample.
Mistake in 5891c7a8ed, likely made when switching the default value from none
to fetch during development.

Reported-By: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220524220147.GA1298892@nathanxps13
2022-05-24 21:26:39 -07:00
Michael Paquier c9dfe2e83a Remove duplicated words in comments of pgstat.c and pgstat_internal.h
Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d00ddbf29f9d09b3a471e64977560de1@oss.nttdata.com
2022-05-24 11:00:41 +09:00
John Naylor 6e647ef0e7 Remove debug messages from tuplesort_sort_memtuples()
These were of value only during development.

Reported by Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220519201254.GU19626%40telsasoft.com
2022-05-23 13:11:43 +07:00
Tom Lane c7461fc255 Show 'AS "?column?"' explicitly when it's important.
ruleutils.c was coded to suppress the AS label for a SELECT output
expression if the column name is "?column?", which is the parser's
fallback if it can't think of something better.  This is fine, and
avoids ugly clutter, so long as (1) nothing further up in the parse
tree relies on that column name or (2) the same fallback would be
assigned when the rule or view definition is reloaded.  Unfortunately
(2) is far from certain, both because ruleutils.c might print the
expression in a different form from how it was originally written
and because FigureColname's rules might change in future releases.
So we shouldn't rely on that.

Detecting exactly whether there is any outer-level use of a SELECT
column name would be rather expensive.  This patch takes the simpler
approach of just passing down a flag indicating whether there *could*
be any outer use; for example, the output column names of a SubLink
are not referenceable, and we also do not care about the names exposed
by the right-hand side of a setop.  This is sufficient to suppress
unwanted clutter in all but one case in the regression tests.  That
seems like reasonable evidence that it won't be too much in users'
faces, while still fixing the cases we need to fix.

Per bug #17486 from Nicolas Lutic.  This issue is ancient, so
back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17486-1ad6fd786728b8af@postgresql.org
2022-05-21 14:45:58 -04:00
Tom Lane 3ab9a63cb6 Rename JsonIsPredicate.value_type, fix JSON backend/nodes/ infrastructure.
I started out with the intention to rename value_type to item_type to
avoid a collision with a typedef name that appears on some platforms.

Along the way, I noticed that the adjacent field "format" was not being
correctly handled by the backend/nodes/ infrastructure functions:
copyfuncs.c erroneously treated it as a scalar, while equalfuncs,
outfuncs, and readfuncs omitted handling it at all.  This looks like
it might be cosmetic at the moment because the field is always NULL
after parse analysis; but that's likely a bug in itself, and the code's
certainly not very future-proof.  Let's fix it while we can still do so
without forcing an initdb on beta testers.

Further study found a few other inconsistencies in the backend/nodes/
infrastructure for the recently-added JSON node types, so fix those too.

catversion bumped because of potential change in stored rules.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/526703.1652385613@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-05-13 11:40:08 -04:00
Robert Haas 4f2400cb3f Add a new shmem_request_hook hook.
Currently, preloaded libraries are expected to request additional
shared memory and LWLocks in _PG_init().  However, it is not unusal
for such requests to depend on MaxBackends, which won't be
initialized at that time.  Such requests could also depend on GUCs
that other modules might change.  This introduces a new hook where
modules can safely use MaxBackends and GUCs to request additional
shared memory and LWLocks.

Furthermore, this change restricts requests for shared memory and
LWLocks to this hook.  Previously, libraries could make requests
until the size of the main shared memory segment was calculated.
Unlike before, we no longer silently ignore requests received at
invalid times.  Instead, we FATAL if someone tries to request
additional shared memory or LWLocks outside of the hook.

Nathan Bossart and Julien Rouhaud

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220412210112.GA2065815%40nathanxps13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yn2jE/lmDhKtkUdr@paquier.xyz
2022-05-13 09:31:06 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 30ed71e423 Indent C code in flex and bison files
In the style of pgindent, done semi-manually.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/7d062ecc-7444-23ec-a159-acd8adf9b586%40enterprisedb.com
2022-05-13 07:17:29 +02:00
Tom Lane 23e7b38bfe Pre-beta mechanical code beautification.
Run pgindent, pgperltidy, and reformat-dat-files.
I manually fixed a couple of comments that pgindent uglified.
2022-05-12 15:17:30 -04:00
Robert Haas ab02d702ef Remove non-functional code for unloading loadable modules.
The code for unloading a library has been commented-out for over 12
years, ever since commit 602a9ef5a7, and we're
no closer to supporting it now than we were back then.

Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Michael Paquier and by me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/Ynsc9bRL1caUSBSE@paquier.xyz
2022-05-11 15:30:30 -04:00
David Rowley c90c16591c Fix some incorrect preprocessor tests in tuplesort specializations
697492434 added 3 new quicksort specialization functions for common
datatypes.

That commit was not very consistent in how it would determine if we're
compiling for 32-bit or 64-bit machines.  It would sometimes use
USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL and at other times check if SIZEOF_DATUM == 8.  This
could cause theoretical problems due to the way USE_FLOAT8_BYVAL is now
defined based on SIZEOF_VOID_P >= 8.  If pointers for some reason were
ever larger than 8-bytes then we'd end up doing 32-bit comparisons
mistakenly.  Let's just always check SIZEOF_DATUM >= 8.

It also seems that ssup_datum_signed_cmp is just never used on 32-bit
builds, so let's just ifdef that out to make sure we never accidentally
use that comparison function on such machines.  This also allows us to
ifdef out 1 of the 3 new specialization quicksort functions in 32-bit
builds which seems to shrink down the binary by over 4KB on my machine.

In passing, also add the missing DatumGetInt32() / DatumGetInt64() macros
in the comparison functions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqcQExRhtRa9hJrJB_5egs3SUfOcutP3m+3HO8A+fZTPA@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
2022-05-11 11:38:13 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 9700b250c5 Formatting and punctuation improvements in sample configuration files 2022-05-10 21:15:56 +02:00
Tom Lane 29904f5f2f Revert "Disallow infinite endpoints in generate_series() for timestamps."
This reverts commit eafdf9de06
and its back-branch counterparts.  Corey Huinker pointed out that
we'd discussed this exact change back in 2016 and rejected it,
on the grounds that there's at least one usage pattern with LIMIT
where an infinite endpoint can usefully be used.  Perhaps that
argument needs to be re-litigated, but there's no time left before
our back-branch releases.  To keep our options open, restore the
status quo ante; if we do end up deciding to change things, waiting
one more quarter won't hurt anything.

Rather than just doing a straight revert, I added a new test case
demonstrating the usage with LIMIT.  That'll at least remind us of
the issue if we forget again.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3603504.1652068977@sss.pgh.pa.us
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=dzw0Pvdqp5yWKxMd+VmNkAMhG=4ku7GnCZxebWnzmz3Q@mail.gmail.com
2022-05-09 11:40:40 -04:00
Noah Misch a117cebd63 Make relation-enumerating operations be security-restricted operations.
When a feature enumerates relations and runs functions associated with
all found relations, the feature's user shall not need to trust every
user having permission to create objects.  BRIN-specific functionality
in autovacuum neglected to account for this, as did pg_amcheck and
CLUSTER.  An attacker having permission to create non-temp objects in at
least one schema could execute arbitrary SQL functions under the
identity of the bootstrap superuser.  CREATE INDEX (not a
relation-enumerating operation) and REINDEX protected themselves too
late.  This change extends to the non-enumerating amcheck interface.
Back-patch to v10 (all supported versions).

Sergey Shinderuk, reviewed (in earlier versions) by Alexander Lakhin.
Reported by Alexander Lakhin.

Security: CVE-2022-1552
2022-05-09 08:35:08 -07:00
Robert Haas 701d918a42 Fix misleading comments about background worker registration.
Since 6bc8ef0b7f, the maximum number
of backends can't change as background workers are registered, but
these comments still reflect the way things worked prior to that.

Also, per recent discussion, some modules call SetConfigOption()
from _PG_init(). It's not entirely clear to me whether we want to
regard that as a fully supported operation, but since we know it's
a thing that happens, it at least deserves a mention in the comments,
so add that.

Nathan Bossart, reviewed by Anton A. Melnikov

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220419154658.GA2487941@nathanxps13
2022-05-06 09:24:06 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 9c3d25e178 Fix JSON_OBJECTAGG uniquefying bug
Commit f4fb45d15c contained a bug in removing items with null values when
unique keys are required, where the leading items that are sorted
contained such values. Fix that and add a test for it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJA4AWQ_XbSmsNbW226UqNyRLJ+wb=iQkQMj77cQyoNkqtf=2Q@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-28 15:28:20 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 755df30e48 Fix incorrect format placeholders 2022-04-27 09:49:10 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 0bd56172b2
Always pfree strings returned by GetDatabasePath
Several places didn't do it, and in many cases it didn't matter because
it would be a small allocation in a short-lived context; but other
places may accumulate a few (for example, in CreateDatabaseUsingFileCopy,
one per tablespace).  In most databases this is highly unlikely to be
very serious either, but it seems better to make the code consistent in
case there's future copy-and-paste.

The only case of actual concern seems to be the aforementioned routine,
which is new with commit 9c08aea6a3, so there's no need to backpatch.

As pointed out by Coverity.
2022-04-25 10:32:13 +02:00
David Rowley 99c754129d Fix performance regression in tuplesort specializations
697492434 added 3 new qsort specialization functions aimed to improve the
performance of sorting many of the common pass-by-value data types when
they're the leading or only sort key.

Unfortunately, that has caused a performance regression when sorting
datasets where many of the values being compared were equal.  What was
happening here was that we were falling back to the standard sort
comparison function to handle tiebreaks.  When the two given Datums
compared equally we would incur both the overhead of an indirect function
call to the standard comparer to perform the tiebreak and also the
standard comparer function would go and compare the leading key needlessly
all over again.

Here improve the situation in the 3 new comparison functions.  We now
return 0 directly when the two Datums compare equally and we're performing
a 1-key sort.

Here we don't do anything to help the multi-key sort case where the
leading key uses one of the sort specializations functions.  On testing
this case, even when the leading key's values are all equal, there
appeared to be no performance regression.  Let's leave it up to future
work to optimize that case so that the tiebreak function no longer
re-compares the leading key over again.

Another possible fix for this would have been to add 3 additional sort
specialization functions to handle single-key sorts for these
pass-by-value types.  The reason we didn't do that here is that we may
deem some other sort specialization to be more useful than single-key
sorts.  It may be impractical to have sort specialization functions for
every single combination of what may be useful and it was already decided
that further analysis into which ones are the most useful would be delayed
until the v16 cycle.  Let's not let this regression force our hand into
trying to make that decision for v15.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: John Naylor
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJRbzaAOUtBUcjF5hLtaSHnJUqXmtiaLEoi53zeWSizeA@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-22 16:02:15 +12:00
Tom Lane 2cb1272445 Rethink method for assigning OIDs to the template0 and postgres DBs.
Commit aa0105141 assigned fixed OIDs to template0 and postgres
in a very ad-hoc way.  Notably, instead of teaching Catalog.pm
about these OIDs, the unused_oids script was just hacked to
not show them as unused.  That's problematic since, for example,
duplicate_oids wouldn't report any future conflict.  Hence,
invent a macro DECLARE_OID_DEFINING_MACRO() that can be used to
define an OID that is known to Catalog.pm and will participate
in duplicate-detection as well as renumbering by renumber_oids.pl.
(We don't anticipate renumbering these particular OIDs, but we
might as well build out all the Catalog.pm infrastructure while
we're here.)

Another issue is that aa0105141 neglected to touch IsPinnedObject,
with the result that it now claimed template0 and postgres are
pinned.  The right thing to do there seems to be to teach it that
no database is pinned, since in fact DROP DATABASE doesn't check
for pinned-ness (and at least for these cases, that is an
intentional choice).  It's not clear whether this wrong answer
had any visible effect, but perhaps it could have resulted in
erroneous management of dependency entries.

In passing, rename the TemplateDbOid macro to Template1DbOid
to reduce confusion (likely we should have done that way back
when we invented template0, but we didn't), and rename the
OID macros for template0 and postgres to have a similar style.

There are no changes to postgres.bki here, so no need for a
catversion bump.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2935358.1650479692@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-04-21 16:23:15 -04:00
Peter Geoghegan 8ab0ebb9a8 Fix CLUSTER tuplesorts on abbreviated expressions.
CLUSTER sort won't use the datum1 SortTuple field when clustering
against an index whose leading key is an expression.  This makes it
unsafe to use the abbreviated keys optimization, which was missed by the
logic that sets up SortSupport state.  Affected tuplesorts output tuples
in a completely bogus order as a result (the wrong SortSupport based
comparator was used for the leading attribute).

This issue is similar to the bug fixed on the master branch by recent
commit cc58eecc5d.  But it's a far older issue, that dates back to the
introduction of the abbreviated keys optimization by commit 4ea51cdfe8.

Backpatch to all supported versions.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+bA+bmwD36_oDxAoLrCwZjVtST2fqe=b4=qZcmU7u89A@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 10-
2022-04-20 17:17:43 -07:00
Tom Lane eafdf9de06 Disallow infinite endpoints in generate_series() for timestamps.
Such cases will lead to infinite loops, so they're of no practical
value.  The numeric variant of generate_series() already threw error
for this, so borrow its message wording.

Per report from Richard Wesley.  Back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/91B44E7B-68D5-448F-95C8-B4B3B0F5DEAF@duckdblabs.com
2022-04-20 18:08:23 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera e70813fbc4
set_deparse_plan: Reuse variable to appease Coverity
Coverity complains that dpns->outer_plan is deferenced (to obtain
->targetlist) when possibly NULL.  We can avoid this by using
dpns->outer_tlist instead, which was already obtained a few lines up.

The fact that we end up with
  dpns->inner_tlist = dpns->outer_tlist
is a bit suspicious-looking and maybe worthy of more investigation, but
I'll leave that for another day.

Reviewed-by: Michaël Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202204191345.qerjy3kxi3eb@alvherre.pgsql
2022-04-20 11:44:08 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut f2a2bf66c8 Fix extract epoch from interval calculation
The new numeric code for extract epoch from interval accidentally
truncated the DAYS_PER_YEAR value to an integer, leading to results
that mismatched the floating-point interval_part calculations.

The commit a2da77cdb4 that introduced
this actually contains the regression test change that this reverts.
I suppose this was missed at the time.

Reported-by: Joseph Koshakow <koshy44@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAvxfHd5n%3D13NYA2q_tUq%3D3%3DSuWU-CufmTf-Ozj%3DfrEgt7pXwQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-04-19 21:04:52 +02:00
Andres Freund 4a736a161c pgstat: Use correct lock level in pgstat_drop_all_entries().
Previously we didn't, which lead to an assertion failure when resetting
partially loaded statistics. This was encountered on the buildfarm, for
as-of-yet unknown reasons.

Ttighten up a validity check when reading the stats file, verifying 'E'
signals the end of the file (rather than just stopping reading). That's then
used in a test appending to the stats file that crashed before the fix in
pgstat_drop_all_entries().

Reported by buildfarm animals mylodon and kestrel, via Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1656446.1650043715@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-04-16 14:44:58 -07:00
Tom Lane 9f4f0a0dad Fix incorrect logic in HaveRegisteredOrActiveSnapshot().
This function gave the wrong answer when there's more than one
RegisteredSnapshots entry, whether or not any of them is the
CatalogSnapshot.  This leads to assertion failure in some scenarios
involving fetching toasted data using a cursor.  (As per discussion,
I'm dubious that this is the right contract to be enforcing at all;
but it surely doesn't help to be enforcing it incorrectly.)

Fetching toasted data using a cursor is evidently under-tested,
so add a test case too.

Per report from Erik Rijkers.  This is new code, so no need for
back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dc9dd229-ed30-6c62-4c41-d733ffff776b@xs4all.nl
2022-04-16 16:04:50 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan f7a605f636 Small cleanups in SQL/JSON code
These are to keep Coverity happy. In one case remove a redundant NULL
check, and in another explicitly ignore a function result that is already
known.
2022-04-15 07:49:20 -04:00
Andres Freund 5cd1c40b3c pgstat: set timestamps of fixed-numbered stats after a crash.
When not loading stats at startup (i.e. pgstat_discard_stats() getting
called), reset timestamps of fixed numbered stats would be left at
0. Oversight in 5891c7a8ed.

Instead use pgstat_reset_after_failure() and add tests verifying that
fixed-numbered reset timestamps are set appropriately.

Reported-By: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwamFuaQHKdhcMt4Gbw5+Hca2UE741B8gOOXoA=TtAd2Yw@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-14 17:40:25 -07:00
Alvaro Herrera 24d2b2680a
Remove extraneous blank lines before block-closing braces
These are useless and distracting.  We wouldn't have written the code
with them to begin with, so there's no reason to keep them.

Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220411020336.GB26620@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/attachment/133167/0016-Extraneous-blank-lines.patch
2022-04-13 19:16:02 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan 112fdb3528 Fix finalization for json_objectagg and friends
Commit f4fb45d15c misguidedly tried to free some state during aggregate
finalization for json_objectagg. This resulted in attempts to access
freed memory, especially when the function is used as a window function.
Commit 4eb9798879 attempted to ameliorate that, but in fact it should
just be ripped out, which is done here. Also add some regression tests
for json_objectagg in various flavors as a window function.

Original report from Jaime Casanova, diagnosis by Andres Freund.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkfeMNYRCGhySKyg@ahch-to
2022-04-13 10:37:43 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut a038679cd8 Fix incorrect format placeholders 2022-04-13 14:04:51 +02:00
Robert Haas 7fc0e7de9f Revert the addition of GetMaxBackends() and related stuff.
This reverts commits 0147fc7, 4567596, aa64f23, and 5ecd018.
There is no longer agreement that introducing this function
was the right way to address the problem. The consensus now
seems to favor trying to make a correct value for MaxBackends
available to mdules executing their _PG_init() functions.

Nathan Bossart

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220323045229.i23skfscdbvrsuxa@jrouhaud
2022-04-12 14:45:23 -04:00
Tom Lane 3c702b3ed1 Explicitly ignore guaranteed-true result from pgstat_lock_entry().
With nowait passed as false, pgstat_lock_entry() must return true
so there's no need to check its result.  Coverity seems unconvinced
of this, so whack it upside the head with a (void) cast.
2022-04-11 13:22:37 -04:00
Tom Lane 93fcf2d209 fgetc() returns int, not char.
This has no practical effect, since this code doesn't actually need to
distinguish EOF (-1) from \0377; but it silences a Coverity complaint.
2022-04-11 13:15:46 -04:00
David Rowley b0e5f02ddc Fix various typos and spelling mistakes in code comments
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220411020336.GB26620@telsasoft.com
2022-04-11 20:49:41 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut 38abc39c81 Add missing serial commas 2022-04-09 16:15:01 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut 708007dced Remove error message hints mentioning configure options
These are usually not useful since users will use packaged
distributions and won't be interested in rebuilding their installation
from source.  Also, we have only used these kinds of hints for some
features and in some places, not consistently throughout.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2552aed7-d0e9-280a-54aa-2dc7073f371d%40enterprisedb.com
2022-04-08 07:41:55 +02:00
David Rowley 9d9c02ccd1 Teach planner and executor about monotonic window funcs
Window functions such as row_number() always return a value higher than
the previously returned value for tuples in any given window partition.

Traditionally queries such as;

SELECT * FROM (
   SELECT *, row_number() over (order by c) rn
   FROM t
) t WHERE rn <= 10;

were executed fairly inefficiently.  Neither the query planner nor the
executor knew that once rn made it to 11 that nothing further would match
the outer query's WHERE clause.  It would blindly continue until all
tuples were exhausted from the subquery.

Here we implement means to make the above execute more efficiently.

This is done by way of adding a pg_proc.prosupport function to various of
the built-in window functions and adding supporting code to allow the
support function to inform the planner if the window function is
monotonically increasing, monotonically decreasing, both or neither.  The
planner is then able to make use of that information and possibly allow
the executor to short-circuit execution by way of adding a "run condition"
to the WindowAgg to allow it to determine if some of its execution work
can be skipped.

This "run condition" is not like a normal filter.  These run conditions
are only built using quals comparing values to monotonic window functions.
For monotonic increasing functions, quals making use of the btree
operators for <, <= and = can be used (assuming the window function column
is on the left). You can see here that once such a condition becomes false
that a monotonic increasing function could never make it subsequently true
again.  For monotonically decreasing functions the >, >= and = btree
operators for the given type can be used for run conditions.

The best-case situation for this is when there is a single WindowAgg node
without a PARTITION BY clause.  Here when the run condition becomes false
the WindowAgg node can simply return NULL.  No more tuples will ever match
the run condition.  It's a little more complex when there is a PARTITION
BY clause.  In this case, we cannot return NULL as we must still process
other partitions.  To speed this case up we pull tuples from the outer
plan to check if they're from the same partition and simply discard them
if they are.  When we find a tuple belonging to another partition we start
processing as normal again until the run condition becomes false or we run
out of tuples to process.

When there are multiple WindowAgg nodes to evaluate then this complicates
the situation.  For intermediate WindowAggs we must ensure we always
return all tuples to the calling node.  Any filtering done could lead to
incorrect results in WindowAgg nodes above.  For all intermediate nodes,
we can still save some work when the run condition becomes false.  We've
no need to evaluate the WindowFuncs anymore.  Other WindowAgg nodes cannot
reference the value of these and these tuples will not appear in the final
result anyway.  The savings here are small in comparison to what can be
saved in the top-level WingowAgg, but still worthwhile.

Intermediate WindowAgg nodes never filter out tuples, but here we change
WindowAgg so that the top-level WindowAgg filters out tuples that don't
match the intermediate WindowAgg node's run condition.  Such filters
appear in the "Filter" clause in EXPLAIN for the top-level WindowAgg node.

Here we add prosupport functions to allow the above to work for;
row_number(), rank(), dense_rank(), count(*) and count(expr).  It appears
technically possible to do the same for min() and max(), however, it seems
unlikely to be useful enough, so that's not done here.

Bump catversion

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqvp3At8++yF8ij06sdcoo1S_b2YoaT9D4Nf+MObzsrLQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-08 10:34:36 +12:00
Alvaro Herrera a90641eac2
Revert "Rewrite some RI code to avoid using SPI"
This reverts commit 99392cdd78.
We'd rather rewrite ri_triggers.c as a whole rather than piecemeal.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1ncXX2-000mFt-Pe@gemulon.postgresql.org
2022-04-07 23:42:13 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera 99392cdd78
Rewrite some RI code to avoid using SPI
Modify the subroutines called by RI trigger functions that want to check
if a given referenced value exists in the referenced relation to simply
scan the foreign key constraint's unique index, instead of using SPI to
execute
  SELECT 1 FROM referenced_relation WHERE ref_key = $1
This saves a lot of work, especially when inserting into or updating a
referencing relation.

This rewrite allows to fix a PK row visibility bug caused by a partition
descriptor hack which requires ActiveSnapshot to be set to come up with
the correct set of partitions for the RI query running under REPEATABLE
READ isolation.  We now set that snapshot indepedently of the snapshot
to be used by the PK index scan, so the two no longer interfere.  The
buggy output in src/test/isolation/expected/fk-snapshot.out of the
relevant test case added by commit 00cb86e75d has been corrected.
(The bug still exists in branch 14, however, but this fix is too
invasive to backpatch.)

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Li Japin <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGkfJfYdeq5vHPh6eqPKjSbfpDDY+j-kXYFePQedtSLeg@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-07 21:10:03 +02:00
Tomas Vondra 2c7ea57e56 Revert "Logical decoding of sequences"
This reverts a sequence of commits, implementing features related to
logical decoding and replication of sequences:

 - 0da92dc530
 - 80901b3291
 - b779d7d8fd
 - d5ed9da41d
 - a180c2b34d
 - 75b1521dae
 - 2d2232933b
 - 002c9dd97a
 - 05843b1aa4

The implementation has issues, mostly due to combining transactional and
non-transactional behavior of sequences. It's not clear how this could
be fixed, but it'll require reworking significant part of the patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/95345a19-d508-63d1-860a-f5c2f41e8d40@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-07 20:06:36 +02:00
Thomas Munro 5dc0418fab Prefetch data referenced by the WAL, take II.
Introduce a new GUC recovery_prefetch.  When enabled, look ahead in the
WAL and try to initiate asynchronous reading of referenced data blocks
that are not yet cached in our buffer pool.  For now, this is done with
posix_fadvise(), which has several caveats.  Since not all OSes have
that system call, "try" is provided so that it can be enabled where
available.  Better mechanisms for asynchronous I/O are possible in later
work.

Set to "try" for now for test coverage.  Default setting to be finalized
before release.

The GUC wal_decode_buffer_size limits the distance we can look ahead in
bytes of decoded data.

The existing GUC maintenance_io_concurrency is used to limit the number
of concurrent I/Os allowed, based on pessimistic heuristics used to
infer that I/Os have begun and completed.  We'll also not look more than
maintenance_io_concurrency * 4 block references ahead.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Sait Talha Nisanci <Sait.Nisanci@microsoft.com> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
2022-04-07 19:42:14 +12:00
Andres Freund ad401664b8 pgstat: add pg_stat_have_stats() test helper.
Will be used by tests committed subsequently.

Bumps catversion (this time for real, the one in 0f96965c65 got lost when
rebasing over 5c279a6d35).

Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_aNxL1WegCa45r=VAViCLnpOU7uNC7bTtGw+=QAPyYivw@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-07 00:21:54 -07:00
Andres Freund 0f96965c65 pgstat: add pg_stat_force_next_flush(), use it to simplify tests.
In the stats collector days it was hard to write tests for the stats system,
because fundamentally delivery of stats messages over UDP was not
synchronous (nor guaranteed). Now we easily can force pending stats updates to
be flushed synchronously.

This moves stats.sql into a parallel group, there isn't a reason for it to run
in isolation anymore. And it may shake out some bugs.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 23:35:56 -07:00
Andres Freund 5e07d3d6bd pgstat: fix small bug in pgstat_drop_relation().
Just after committing 5891c7a8ed, a test running with debug_discard_caches=1
failed locally...

pgstat_drop_relation() neither checked pgstat_should_count_relation() nor
called pgstat_prep_relation_pending(). With debug_discard_caches=1
rel->pgstat_info wasn't set up, leading pg_stat_get_xact_tuples_inserted()
spuriously still returning > 0 while in the transaction dropping the table.
2022-04-06 23:35:56 -07:00
Andres Freund 81ae9e6588 pgstat: prevent fix pgstat_reinit_entry() from zeroing out lwlock.
Zeroing out an lwlock in a normal build turns out to not trigger any alarms,
if nobody can use the lwlock at that moment (as the case here). But with
--disable-spinlocks --disable-atomics, the sema field needs to be initialized.

We probably should make sure that this fails on more common configurations as
well...

Per buildfarm animal rorqual
2022-04-06 23:35:56 -07:00
Jeff Davis 5c279a6d35 Custom WAL Resource Managers.
Allow extensions to specify a new custom resource manager (rmgr),
which allows specialized WAL. This is meant to be used by a Table
Access Method or Index Access Method.

Prior to this commit, only Generic WAL was available, which offers
support for recovery and physical replication but not logical
replication.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Bharath Rupireddy, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ed1fb2e22d15d3563ae0eb610f7b61bb15999c0a.camel%40j-davis.com
2022-04-06 23:06:46 -07:00
Andres Freund fbfe6910ec pgstat: move pgstat.c to utils/activity.
Now that pgstat is not related to postmaster anymore, src/backend/postmaster
is not a well fitting directory.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 21:29:46 -07:00
Andres Freund 1db4e5a4ee pgstat: rename STATS_COLLECTOR GUC group to STATS_CUMULATIVE.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 21:29:46 -07:00
Andres Freund 6f0cf87872 pgstat: remove stats_temp_directory.
With stats now being stored in shared memory, the GUC isn't needed
anymore. However, the pg_stat_tmp directory and PG_STAT_TMP_DIR define are
kept, as pg_stat_statements (and some out-of-core extensions) store data in
it.

Docs will be updated in a subsequent commit, together with the other pending
docs updates due to shared memory stats.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220330233550.eiwsbearu6xhuqwe@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 21:29:46 -07:00
Andres Freund 5891c7a8ed pgstat: store statistics in shared memory.
Previously the statistics collector received statistics updates via UDP and
shared statistics data by writing them out to temporary files regularly. These
files can reach tens of megabytes and are written out up to twice a
second. This has repeatedly prevented us from adding additional useful
statistics.

Now statistics are stored in shared memory. Statistics for variable-numbered
objects are stored in a dshash hashtable (backed by dynamic shared
memory). Fixed-numbered stats are stored in plain shared memory.

The header for pgstat.c contains an overview of the architecture.

The stats collector is not needed anymore, remove it.

By utilizing the transactional statistics drop infrastructure introduced in a
prior commit statistics entries cannot "leak" anymore. Previously leaked
statistics were dropped by pgstat_vacuum_stat(), called from [auto-]vacuum. On
systems with many small relations pgstat_vacuum_stat() could be quite
expensive.

Now that replicas drop statistics entries for dropped objects, it is not
necessary anymore to reset stats when starting from a cleanly shut down
replica.

Subsequent commits will perform some further code cleanup, adapt docs and add
tests.

Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.

Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (in a much earlier version)
Reviewed-By: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru> (in a much earlier version)
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> (in a much earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210319235115.y3wz7hpnnrshdyv6@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 21:29:46 -07:00
Andres Freund be902e2651 pgstat: normalize function naming.
Most of pgstat uses pgstat_<verb>_<subject>() or just <verb>_<subject>(). But
not all (some introduced fairly recently by me). Rename ones that aren't
intentionally following a different scheme (e.g. AtEOXact_*).
2022-04-06 21:29:46 -07:00
Andres Freund e41aed674f pgstat: revise replication slot API in preparation for shared memory stats.
Previously the pgstat <-> replication slots API was done with on the basis of
names. However, the upcoming move to storing stats in shared memory makes it
more convenient to use a integer as key.

Change the replication slot functions to take the slot rather than the slot
name, and expose ReplicationSlotIndex() to compute the index of an replication
slot. Special handling will be required for restarts, as the index is not
stable across restarts. For now pgstat internally still uses names.

Rename pgstat_report_replslot_{create,drop}() to
pgstat_{create,drop}_replslot() to match the functions for other kinds of
stats.

Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 18:38:24 -07:00
Andres Freund 8b1dccd37c pgstat: scaffolding for transactional stats creation / drop.
One problematic part of the current statistics collector design is that there
is no reliable way of getting rid of statistics entries. Because of that
pgstat_vacuum_stat() (called by [auto-]vacuum) matches all stats for the
current database with the catalog contents and tries to drop now-superfluous
entries. That's quite expensive. What's worse, it doesn't work on physical
replicas, despite physical replicas collection statistics entries.

This commit introduces infrastructure to create / drop statistics entries
transactionally, together with the underlying catalog objects (functions,
relations, subscriptions). pgstat_xact.c maintains a list of stats entries
created / dropped transactionally in the current transaction. To ensure the
removal of statistics entries is durable dropped statistics entries are
included in commit / abort (and prepare) records, which also ensures that
stats entries are dropped on standbys.

Statistics entries created separately from creating the underlying catalog
object (e.g. when stats were previously lost due to an immediate restart)
are *not* WAL logged. However that can only happen outside of the transaction
creating the catalog object, so it does not lead to "leaked" statistics
entries.

For this to work, functions creating / dropping functions / relations /
subscriptions need to call into pgstat. For subscriptions this was already
done when dropping subscriptions, via pgstat_report_subscription_drop() (now
renamed to pgstat_drop_subscription()).

This commit does not actually drop stats yet, it just provides the
infrastructure. It is however a largely independent piece of infrastructure,
so committing it separately makes sense.

Bumps XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 18:27:52 -07:00
Andres Freund 8fb580a35c pgstat: prepare APIs used by pgstatfuncs for shared memory stats.
With the introduction of PgStat_Kind PgStat_Single_Reset_Type,
PgStat_Shared_Reset_Target don't make sense anymore. Replace them with
PgStat_Kind.

Instead of having dedicated reset functions for different kinds of stats, use
two generic helper routines (one to reset all stats of a kind, one to reset
one stats entry).

A number of reset functions were named pgstat_reset_*_counter(), despite
affecting multiple counters. The generic helper routines get rid of
pgstat_reset_single_counter(), pgstat_reset_subscription_counter().

Rename pgstat_reset_slru_counter(), pgstat_reset_replslot_counter() to
pgstat_reset_slru(), pgstat_reset_replslot() respectively, and have them only
deal with a single SLRU/slot. Resetting all SLRUs/slots goes through the
generic pgstat_reset_of_kind().

Previously pg_stat_reset_replication_slot() used SearchNamedReplicationSlot()
to check if a slot exists. API wise it seems better to move that to
pgstat_replslot.c.

This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.

Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 17:56:19 -07:00
Andres Freund 8ea7963fc7 pgstat: add pgstat_copy_relation_stats().
Until now index_concurrently_swap() directly modified pgstat internal
datastructures. That will break with the introduction of shared memory
statistics and seems off architecturally.

This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 14:09:18 -07:00
Andres Freund cc96373cf3 pgstat: rename some pgstat_send_* functions to pgstat_report_*.
Only the pgstat_send_* functions that are called from outside pgstat*.c are
renamed (the rest will go away). This is done separately from the - quite
large - shared memory statistics patch to make review easier.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 14:08:57 -07:00
Andres Freund bdbd3d9064 pgstat: stats collector references in comments.
Soon the stats collector will be no more, with statistics instead getting
stored in shared memory. There are a lot of references to the stats collector
in comments. This commit replaces most of these references with "cumulative
statistics system", with the remaining ones getting replaced as part of
subsequent commits.

This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 13:56:06 -07:00
Andres Freund ab62a642d5 pgstat: move transactional code into pgstat_xact.c.
The transactional integration code is largely independent from the rest of
pgstat.c. Subsequent commits will add more related code.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-06 13:23:47 -07:00
Andres Freund c3e9b07936 pgstat: move pgstat_report_autovac() to pgstat_database.c.
I got the location wrong in 13619598f1. The name did make it sound like it
belonged in pgstat_relation.c...
2022-04-06 12:41:29 -07:00
Stephen Frost 39969e2a1e Remove exclusive backup mode
Exclusive-mode backups have been deprecated since 9.6 (when
non-exclusive backups were introduced) due to the issues
they can cause should the system crash while one is running and
generally because non-exclusive provides a much better interface.
Further, exclusive backup mode wasn't really being tested (nor was most
of the related code- like being able to log in just to stop an exclusive
backup and the bits of the state machine related to that) and having to
possibly deal with an exclusive backup and the backup_label file
existing during pg_basebackup, pg_rewind, etc, added other complexities
that we are better off without.

This patch removes the exclusive backup mode, the various special cases
for dealing with it, and greatly simplifies the online backup code and
documentation.

Authors: David Steele, Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Chapman Flack
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ac7339ca-3718-3c93-929f-99e725d1172c@pgmasters.net
https://postgr.es/m/CAHg+QDfiM+WU61tF6=nPZocMZvHDzCK47Kneyb0ZRULYzV5sKQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-06 14:41:03 -04:00
Tom Lane a0ffa885e4 Allow granting SET and ALTER SYSTEM privileges on GUC parameters.
This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers
if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so.
The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter
can also be granted.
Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database.  They are tracked
in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl.

Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect.
One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege
--- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to
PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough
for GUCs defined by extensions.

Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas,
Joshua Brindle, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-06 13:24:33 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan fadb48b00e PLAN clauses for JSON_TABLE
These clauses allow the user to specify how data from nested paths are
joined, allowing considerable freedom in shaping the tabular output of
JSON_TABLE.

PLAN DEFAULT allows the user to specify the global strategies when
dealing with sibling or child nested paths. The is often sufficient to
achieve the necessary goal, and is considerably simpler than the full
PLAN clause, which allows the user to specify the strategy to be used
for each named nested path.

Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-05 14:17:08 -04:00
Andres Freund edadf8098f pgstat: consistent function comment formatting.
There was a wild mishmash of function comment formatting in pgstat, making it
hard to know what to use for any new function and hard to extend existing
comments (particularly due to randomly different forms of indentation).

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220329191727.mzzwbl7udhpq7pmf@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-04-04 13:53:34 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan 4e34747c88 JSON_TABLE
This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in
a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the
jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures
in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join.

Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose
name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson,
Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
2022-04-04 16:03:47 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 4eb9798879 Avoid freeing objects during json aggregate finalization
Commit f4fb45d15c tried to free memory during aggregate finalization.
This cause issues, particularly when used as a window function, so stop
doing that.

Per complaint by Jaime Casanova and diagnosis by Andres Freund

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkfeMNYRCGhySKyg@ahch-to
2022-04-04 11:03:49 -04:00
David Rowley 40af10b571 Use Generation memory contexts to store tuples in sorts
The general usage pattern when we store tuples in tuplesort.c is that
we store a series of tuples one by one then either perform a sort or spill
them to disk.  In the common case, there is no pfreeing of already stored
tuples.  For the common case since we do not individually pfree tuples, we
have very little need for aset.c memory allocation behavior which
maintains freelists and always rounds allocation sizes up to the next
power of 2 size.

Here we conditionally use generation.c contexts for storing tuples in
tuplesort.c when the sort will never be bounded.  Unfortunately, the
memory context to store tuples is already created by the time any calls
would be made to tuplesort_set_bound(), so here we add a new sort option
that allows callers to specify if they're going to need a bounded sort or
not.  We'll use a standard aset.c allocator when this sort option is not
set.

Extension authors must ensure that the TUPLESORT_ALLOWBOUNDED flag is
used when calling tuplesort_begin_* for any sorts that make a call to
tuplesort_set_bound().

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoH4ASzsAOyHcxkuY01Qf++8JJ0paw+03dk+W25tQEcNQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-04 22:52:35 +12:00
David Rowley 77bae396df Adjust tuplesort API to have bitwise option flags
This replaces the bool flag for randomAccess.  An upcoming patch requires
adding another option, so instead of breaking the API for that, then
breaking it again one day if we add more options, let's just break it
once.  Any boolean options we add in the future will just make use of an
unused bit in the flags.

Any extensions making use of tuplesorts will need to update their code
to pass TUPLESORT_RANDOMACCESS instead of true for randomAccess.
TUPLESORT_NONE can be used for a set of empty options.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoH4ASzsAOyHcxkuY01Qf%2B%2B8JJ0paw%2B03dk%2BW25tQEcNQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-04-04 22:24:59 +12:00
David Rowley 1b0d9aa4f7 Improve the generation memory allocator
Here we make a series of improvements to the generation memory
allocator, namely:

1. Allow generation contexts to have a minimum, initial and maximum block
sizes. The standard allocator allows this already but when the generation
context was added, it only allowed fixed-sized blocks.  The problem with
fixed-sized blocks is that it's difficult to choose how large to make the
blocks.  If the chosen size is too small then we'd end up with a large
number of blocks and a large number of malloc calls. If the block size is
made too large, then memory is wasted.

2. Add support for "keeper" blocks.  This is a special block that is
allocated along with the context itself but is never freed.  Instead,
when the last chunk in the keeper block is freed, we simply mark the block
as empty to allow new allocations to make use of it.

3. Add facility to "recycle" newly empty blocks instead of freeing them
and having to later malloc an entire new block again.  We do this by
recording a single GenerationBlock which has become empty of any chunks.
When we run out of space in the current block, we check to see if there is
a "freeblock" and use that if it contains enough space for the allocation.

Author: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d987fd54-01f8-0f73-af6c-519f799a0ab8@enterprisedb.com
2022-04-04 20:53:13 +12:00
Thomas Munro cc58eecc5d Fix tuplesort optimization for CLUSTER-on-expression.
When dispatching sort operations to specialized variants, commit
69749243 failed to handle the case where CLUSTER-sort decides not to
initialize datum1 and isnull1.  Fix by hoisting that decision up a level
and advertising whether datum1 can be relied on, in the Tuplesortstate
object.

Per reports from UBsan and Valgrind build farm animals, while running
the cluster.sql test.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsF1TeK5Fic0M%2BTSJXzbKsY6aBqJGNj6ptURuB09ZF6k_w%40mail.gmail.com
2022-04-04 10:52:02 +12:00
Tom Lane 591e088dd5 Fix portability issues in datetime parsing.
datetime.c's parsing logic has assumed that strtod() will accept
a string that looks like ".", which it does in glibc, but not on
some less-common platforms such as AIX.  The result of this was
that datetime fields like "123." would be accepted on some platforms
but not others; which is a sufficiently odd case that it's not that
surprising we've heard no field complaints.  But commit e39f99046
extended that assumption to new places, and happened to add a test
case that exposed the platform dependency.  Remove this dependency
by special-casing situations without any digits after the decimal
point.

(Again, this is in part a pre-existing bug but I don't feel a
compulsion to back-patch.)

Also, rearrange e39f99046's changes in formatting.c to avoid a
Coverity complaint that we were copying an uninitialized field.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1592893.1648969747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-04-03 17:04:33 -04:00
Tom Lane e39f990467 Fix overflow hazards in interval input and output conversions.
DecodeInterval (interval input) was careless about integer-overflow
hazards, allowing bogus results to be obtained for sufficiently
large input values.  Also, since it initially converted the input
to a "struct tm", it was impossible to produce the full range of
representable interval values.

Meanwhile, EncodeInterval (interval output) and a few other
functions could suffer failures if asked to process sufficiently
large interval values, because they also relied on being able to
represent an interval in "struct tm" which is not designed to
handle that.

Fix all this stuff by introducing new struct types that are more
fit for purpose.

While this is clearly a bug fix, it's also an API break for any
code that's calling these functions directly.  So back-patching
doesn't seem wise, especially in view of the lack of field
complaints.

Joe Koshakow, editorialized a bit by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHff0JLYHwyBrtMx_=6wr=k2Xp+D+-X3vEhHjJYMj+mQcg@mail.gmail.com
2022-04-02 16:12:29 -04:00
John Naylor 6974924347 Specialize tuplesort routines for different kinds of abbreviated keys
Previously, the specialized tuplesort routine inlined handling for
reverse-sort and NULLs-ordering but called the datum comparator via a
pointer in the SortSupport struct parameter. Testing has showed that we
can get a useful performance gain by specializing datum comparison for
the different representations of abbreviated keys -- signed and unsigned
64-bit integers and signed 32-bit integers. Almost all abbreviatable data
types will benefit -- the only exception for now is numeric, since the
datum comparison is more complex. The performance gain depends on data
type and input distribution, but often falls in the range of 10-20% faster.

Thomas Munro

Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, review and performance testing by me

Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGKKYttZZk-JMRQSVak%3DCXSJ5fiwtirFf%3Dn%3DPAbumvn1Ww%40mail.gmail.com
2022-04-02 15:22:25 +07:00
Andrew Dunstan 49082c2cc3 RETURNING clause for JSON() and JSON_SCALAR()
This patch is extracted from a larger patch that allowed setting the
default returned value from these functions to json or jsonb. That had
problems, but this piece of it is fine. For these functions only json or
jsonb can be specified in the RETURNING clause.

Extracted from an original patch from Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-31 15:45:24 -04:00
Tomas Vondra db0d67db24 Optimize order of GROUP BY keys
When evaluating a query with a multi-column GROUP BY clause using sort,
the cost may be heavily dependent on the order in which the keys are
compared when building the groups. Grouping does not imply any ordering,
so we're allowed to compare the keys in arbitrary order, and a Hash Agg
leverages this. But for Group Agg, we simply compared keys in the order
as specified in the query. This commit explores alternative ordering of
the keys, trying to find a cheaper one.

In principle, we might generate grouping paths for all permutations of
the keys, and leave the rest to the optimizer. But that might get very
expensive, so we try to pick only a couple interesting orderings based
on both local and global information.

When planning the grouping path, we explore statistics (number of
distinct values, cost of the comparison function) for the keys and
reorder them to minimize comparison costs. Intuitively, it may be better
to perform more expensive comparisons (for complex data types etc.)
last, because maybe the cheaper comparisons will be enough. Similarly,
the higher the cardinality of a key, the lower the probability we’ll
need to compare more keys. The patch generates and costs various
orderings, picking the cheapest ones.

The ordering of group keys may interact with other parts of the query,
some of which may not be known while planning the grouping. E.g. there
may be an explicit ORDER BY clause, or some other ordering-dependent
operation, higher up in the query, and using the same ordering may allow
using either incremental sort or even eliminate the sort entirely.

The patch generates orderings and picks those minimizing the comparison
cost (for various pathkeys), and then adds orderings that might be
useful for operations higher up in the plan (ORDER BY, etc.). Finally,
it always keeps the ordering specified in the query, on the assumption
the user might have additional insights.

This introduces a new GUC enable_group_by_reordering, so that the
optimization may be disabled if needed.

The original patch was proposed by Teodor Sigaev, and later improved and
reworked by Dmitry Dolgov. Reviews by a number of people, including me,
Andrey Lepikhov, Claudio Freire, Ibrar Ahmed and Zhihong Yu.

Author: Dmitry Dolgov, Teodor Sigaev, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrey Lepikhov, Claudio Freire, Ibrar Ahmed, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c79e6a5-8597-74e8-0671-1c39d124c9d6%40sigaev.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcW_4o2NC0zutLkOJPsFt80megSpX_dVRo6GK9PC-Jx_Ag%40mail.gmail.com
2022-03-31 01:13:33 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan 606948b058 SQL JSON functions
This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions:

JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c)
JSON_SCALAR()
JSON_SERIALIZE()

JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and
has facilitites for handling duplicate keys.
JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including
json and jsonb.
JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or
represents json or jsonb;

For the most part these functions don't add any significant new
capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard
compliant JSON handling.

Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-30 16:30:37 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut 7ae1619bc5 Add range_agg with multirange inputs
range_agg for normal ranges already existed.  A lot of code can be
shared.

Author: Paul Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Chapman Flack <chap@anastigmatix.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/007ef255-35ef-fd26-679c-f97e7a7f30c2@illuminatedcomputing.com
2022-03-30 20:16:23 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut f453d684ec Change some internal error messages to elogs
Author: Paul Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Chapman Flack <chap@anastigmatix.net>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/007ef255-35ef-fd26-679c-f97e7a7f30c2@illuminatedcomputing.com
2022-03-30 17:53:54 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan 1a36bc9dba SQL/JSON query functions
This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using
jsonpath expressions. The functions are:

JSON_EXISTS()
JSON_QUERY()
JSON_VALUE()

All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is
to cast the argument to jsonb.

JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb
value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an
error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must
return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for
handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have
options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions.

Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-29 16:57:13 -04:00
Robert Haas 9c08aea6a3 Add new block-by-block strategy for CREATE DATABASE.
Because this strategy logs changes on a block-by-block basis, it
avoids the need to checkpoint before and after the operation.
However, because it logs each changed block individually, it might
generate a lot of extra write-ahead logging if the template database
is large. Therefore, the older strategy remains available via a new
STRATEGY parameter to CREATE DATABASE, and a corresponding --strategy
option to createdb.

Somewhat controversially, this patch assembles the list of relations
to be copied to the new database by reading the pg_class relation of
the template database. Cross-database access like this isn't normally
possible, but it can be made to work here because there can't be any
connections to the database being copied, nor can it contain any
in-doubt transactions. Even so, we have to use lower-level interfaces
than normal, since the table scan and relcache interfaces will not
work for a database to which we're not connected. The advantage of
this approach is that we do not need to rely on the filesystem to
determine what ought to be copied, but instead on PostgreSQL's own
knowledge of the database structure. This avoids, for example,
copying stray files that happen to be located in the source database
directory.

Dilip Kumar, with a fairly large number of cosmetic changes by me.
Reviewed and tested by Ashutosh Sharma, Andres Freund, John Naylor,
Greg Nancarrow, Neha Sharma. Additional feedback from Bruce Momjian,
Heikki Linnakangas, Julien Rouhaud, Adam Brusselback, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Álvaro Herrera, and others.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYtcdxBjLh31DLxUXHxFVMPGzrU5_T=CYCvRyFHywSBUQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-29 11:48:36 -04:00
Michael Paquier a2c84990be Add system view pg_ident_file_mappings
This view is similar to pg_hba_file_rules view, except that it is
associated with the parsing of pg_ident.conf.  Similarly to its cousin,
this view is useful to check via SQL if changes planned in pg_ident.conf
would work upon reload or restart, or to diagnose a previous failure.

Bumps catalog version.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-03-29 10:15:48 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan 33a377608f IS JSON predicate
This patch intrdocuces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has an IS and IS NOT variant. The tests are:

IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR
IS JSON  WITH | WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS

These are mostly self-explanatory, but note that IS JSON WITHOUT UNIQUE
KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true, and IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS is
true whenever IS JSON is true except it IS JSON OBJECT is true and there
are duplicate keys (which is never the case when applied to jsonb values).

Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-28 15:37:08 -04:00
Joe Conway 6198420ad8 Use has_privs_for_roles for predefined role checks
Generally if a role is granted membership to another role with NOINHERIT
they must use SET ROLE to access the privileges of that role, however
with predefined roles the membership and privilege is conflated. Fix that
by replacing is_member_of_role with has_privs_for_role for predefined
roles. Patch does not remove is_member_of_role from acl.h, but it does
add a warning not to use that function for privilege checking. Not
backpatched based on hackers list discussion.

Author: Joshua Brindle
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Nathan Bossart, Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAGB+Vh4Zv_TvKt2tv3QNS6tUM_F_9icmuj0zjywwcgVi4PAhFA@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-28 15:10:04 -04:00
Robert Haas 79de9842ab Remove the ability of a role to administer itself.
Commit f9fd176461 effectively gave
every role ADMIN OPTION on itself. However, this appears to be
something that happened accidentally as a result of refactoring
work rather than an intentional decision. Almost a decade later,
it was discovered that this was a security vulnerability. As a
result, commit fea164a72a restricted
this implicit ADMIN OPTION privilege to be exercisable only when
the role being administered is the same as the session user and
when no security-restricted operation is in progress. That
commit also documented the existence of this implicit privilege
for what seems to be the first time.

The effect of the privilege is to allow a login role to grant
the privileges of that role, and optionally ADMIN OPTION on it,
to some other role. That's an unusual thing to do, because generally
membership is granted in roles used as groups, rather than roles
used as users. Therefore, it does not seem likely that removing
the privilege will break things for many PostgreSQL users.

However, it will make it easier to reason about the permissions
system. This is the only case where a user who has not been given any
special permission (superuser, or ADMIN OPTION on some role) can
modify role membership, so removing it makes things more consistent.
For example, if a superuser sets up role A and B and grants A to B
but no other privileges to anyone, she can now be sure that no one
else will be able to revoke that grant. Without this change, that
would have been true only if A was a non-login role.

Patch by me. Reviewed by Tom Lane and Stephen Frost.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoawdt03kbA+dNyBcNWJpRxu0f4X=69Y3+DkXXZqmwMDLg@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-28 13:38:13 -04:00
Tom Lane d22646922d Add public ruleutils.c entry point to deparse a Query.
This has no in-core callers but will be wanted by extensions.
It's just a thin wrapper around get_query_def, so it adds little code.

Also, fix get_from_clause_item() to force insertion of an alias
for a SUBQUERY RTE item.  This is irrelevant to existing uses because
RTE_SUBQUERY items made by the parser always have aliases already.
However, if one tried to use pg_get_querydef() to inspect a post-rewrite
Query, it could be an issue.  In any case, get_from_clause_item already
contained logic to force alias insertion for VALUES items, so the lack
of the same for SUBQUERY is a pretty clear oversight.

In passing, replace duplicated code for selection of pretty-print
options with a common macro.

Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Gilles Darold, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210627041138.zklczwmu3ms4ufnk@nol
2022-03-28 11:19:37 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera 7103ebb7aa
Add support for MERGE SQL command
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a
source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can
conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise
require multiple PL statements.  For example,

MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
  UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
  DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
  INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
  DO NOTHING;

MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance
hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as
support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein.

MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful
for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference
to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there
is some overhead.  MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL.

MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and
RETURNING clauses are not allowed either.  These limitations are likely
fixable with sufficient effort.  Rewrite rules are also not supported,
but it's not clear that we'd want to support them.

Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
2022-03-28 16:47:48 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut e26114c817 Make JSON path numeric literals more correct
Per ECMAScript standard (ECMA-262, referenced by SQL standard), the
syntax forms

.1
1.

should be allowed for decimal numeric literals, but the existing
implementation rejected them.

Also, by the same standard, reject trailing junk after numeric
literals.

Note that the ECMAScript standard for numeric literals is in respects
like these slightly different from the JSON standard, which might be
the original cause for this discrepancy.

A change is that this kind of syntax is now rejected:

    1.type()

This needs to be written as

    (1).type()

This is correct; normal JavaScript also does not accept this syntax.

We also need to fix up the jsonpath output function for this case.  We
put parentheses around numeric items if they are followed by another
path item.

Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/50a828cc-0a00-7791-7883-2ed06dfb2dbb@enterprisedb.com
2022-03-28 11:11:39 +02:00
Tom Lane cc7401d5ca Fix up compiler warnings/errors from f4fb45d15.
Per early buildfarm returns.
2022-03-27 18:32:40 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan f4fb45d15c SQL/JSON constructors
This patch introduces the SQL/JSON standard constructors for JSON:

JSON()
JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()

For the most part these functions provide facilities that mimic
existing json/jsonb functions. However, they also offer some useful
additional functionality. In addition to text input, the JSON() function
accepts bytea input, which it will decode and constuct a json value from.
The other functions provide useful options for handling duplicate keys
and null values.

This series of patches will be followed by a consolidated documentation
patch.

Nikita Glukhov

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-27 17:03:34 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan f79b803dcc Common SQL/JSON clauses
This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON
constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node
executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo]
clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause.

The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these.

Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance).

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-27 17:03:33 -04:00
Tom Lane 0fb6954aa5 Fix breakage of get_ps_display() in the PS_USE_NONE case.
Commit 8c6d30f21 caused this function to fail to set *displen
in the PS_USE_NONE code path.  If the variable's previous value
had been negative, that'd lead to a memory clobber at some call
sites.  We'd managed not to notice due to very thin test coverage
of such configurations, but this appears to explain buildfarm member
lorikeet's recent struggles.

Credit to Andrew Dunstan for spotting the problem.  Back-patch
to v13 where the bug was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/136102.1648320427@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-27 12:57:46 -04:00
Tomas Vondra 923def9a53 Allow specifying column lists for logical replication
This allows specifying an optional column list when adding a table to
logical replication. The column list may be specified after the table
name, enclosed in parentheses. Columns not included in this list are not
sent to the subscriber, allowing the schema on the subscriber to be a
subset of the publisher schema.

For UPDATE/DELETE publications, the column list needs to cover all
REPLICA IDENTITY columns. For INSERT publications, the column list is
arbitrary and may omit some REPLICA IDENTITY columns. Furthermore, if
the table uses REPLICA IDENTITY FULL, column list is not allowed.

The column list can contain only simple column references. Complex
expressions, function calls etc. are not allowed. This restriction could
be relaxed in the future.

During the initial table synchronization, only columns included in the
column list are copied to the subscriber. If the subscription has
several publications, containing the same table with different column
lists, columns specified in any of the lists will be copied.

This means all columns are replicated if the table has no column list
at all (which is treated as column list with all columns), or when of
the publications is defined as FOR ALL TABLES (possibly IN SCHEMA that
matches the schema of the table).

For partitioned tables, publish_via_partition_root determines whether
the column list for the root or the leaf relation will be used. If the
parameter is 'false' (the default), the list defined for the leaf
relation is used. Otherwise, the column list for the root partition
will be used.

Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> now display any column lists.

Author: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera, Rahila Syed
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Alvaro Herrera, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed,
Amit Kapila, Hou zj, Peter Smith, Wang wei, Tang, Shi yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28vddB_NFdRVpuyRBJEBWjz4BSyTB=_ektNRH8NJ1jf95g@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-26 01:01:27 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 23119d51a1 Refactor DLSUFFIX handling
Move DLSUFFIX from makefiles into header files for all platforms.
Move the DLSUFFIX assignment from src/makefiles/ to src/templates/,
have configure read it, and then substitute it into Makefile.global
and pg_config.h.  This avoids the need for all makefile rules that
need it to locally set CPPFLAGS.  It also resolves an inconsistent
setup between the two Windows build systems.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2f9861fb-8969-9005-7518-b8e60f2bead9@enterprisedb.com
2022-03-25 08:56:02 +01:00
Tomas Vondra 75b1521dae Add decoding of sequences to built-in replication
This commit adds support for decoding of sequences to the built-in
replication (the infrastructure was added by commit 0da92dc530).

The syntax and behavior mostly mimics handling of tables, i.e. a
publication may be defined as FOR ALL SEQUENCES (replicating all
sequences in a database), FOR ALL SEQUENCES IN SCHEMA (replicating
all sequences in a particular schema) or individual sequences.

To publish sequence modifications, the publication has to include
'sequence' action. The protocol is extended with a new message,
describing sequence increments.

A new system view pg_publication_sequences lists all the sequences
added to a publication, both directly and indirectly. Various psql
commands (\d and \dRp) are improved to also display publications
including a given sequence, or sequences included in a publication.

Author: Tomas Vondra, Cary Huang
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Amit Kapila, Hannu Krosing, Andres
             Freund, Petr Jelinek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d045f3c2-6cfb-06d3-5540-e63c320df8bc@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1710ed7e13b.cd7177461430746.3372264562543607781@highgo.ca
2022-03-24 18:49:27 +01:00
Tom Lane 0bd7af082a Invent recursive_worktable_factor GUC to replace hard-wired constant.
Up to now, the planner estimated the size of a recursive query's
worktable as 10 times the size of the non-recursive term.  It's hard
to see how to do significantly better than that automatically, but
we can give users control over the multiplier to allow tuning for
specific use-cases.  The default behavior remains the same.

Simon Riggs

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-EuaLm4H3g0+BSTYHEGxJj3Kht0R+rJ8vT57Dejnh=_nA@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-24 11:47:41 -04:00
Michael Paquier d4781d8873 Refactor code related to pg_hba_file_rules() into new file
hba.c is growing big, and more contents are planned for it.  In order to
prepare for this future work, this commit moves all the code related to
the system function processing the contents of pg_hba.conf,
pg_hba_file_rules() to a new file called hbafuncs.c, which will be used
as the location for the SQL portion of the authentication file parsing.
While on it, HbaToken, the structure holding a string token lexed from a
configuration file related to authentication, is renamed to a more
generic AuthToken, as it gets used not only for pg_hba.conf, but also
for pg_ident.conf.  TokenizedLine is now named TokenizedAuthLine.

The size of hba.c is reduced by ~12%.

Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
2022-03-24 12:42:30 +09:00
Andres Freund 3ac7d02412 Don't try to translate NULL in GetConfigOptionByNum().
Noticed via -fsanitize=undefined. Introduced when a few columns in
GetConfigOptionByNum() / pg_settings started to be translated in 72be8c29a /
PG 12.

Backpatch to all affected branches, for the same reasons as 46ab07ffda.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220323173537.ll7klrglnp4gn2um@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 12-
2022-03-23 13:05:59 -07:00
Andres Freund 1c6bb380e5 Don't call fwrite() with len == 0 when writing out relcache init file.
Noticed via -fsanitize=undefined.

Backpatch to all branches, for the same reasons as 46ab07ffda.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220323173537.ll7klrglnp4gn2um@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 10-
2022-03-23 13:05:25 -07:00
Andrew Dunstan 1460fc5942 Revert "Common SQL/JSON clauses"
This reverts commit 865fe4d5df.

This has caused issues with a significant number of buildfarm members
2022-03-22 19:56:14 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan 865fe4d5df Common SQL/JSON clauses
This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON
constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node
executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo]
clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause.

The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these.

Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance).

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup. Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu and
Himanshu Upadhyaya.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
2022-03-22 17:32:54 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan d11e84ea46 Add String object access hooks
This caters for cases where the access is to an object identified by
name rather than Oid.

The first user of these is the GUC access controls

Joshua Brindle and Mark Dilger

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/47F87A0E-C0E5-43A6-89F6-D403F2B45175@enterprisedb.com
2022-03-22 10:28:31 -04:00
Dean Rasheed 7faa5fc84b Add support for security invoker views.
A security invoker view checks permissions for accessing its
underlying base relations using the privileges of the user of the
view, rather than the privileges of the view owner. Additionally, if
any of the base relations are tables with RLS enabled, the policies of
the user of the view are applied, rather than those of the view owner.

This allows views to be defined without giving away additional
privileges on the underlying base relations, and matches a similar
feature available in other database systems.

It also allows views to operate more naturally with RLS, without
affecting the assignments of policies to users.

Christoph Heiss, with some additional hacking by me. Reviewed by
Laurenz Albe and Wolfgang Walther.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b66dd6d6-ad3e-c6f2-8b90-47be773da240%40cybertec.at
2022-03-22 10:28:10 +00:00
Tom Lane 2591ee8ec4 Fix assorted missing logic for GroupingFunc nodes.
The planner needs to treat GroupingFunc like Aggref for many purposes,
in particular with respect to processing of the argument expressions,
which are not to be evaluated at runtime.  A few places hadn't gotten
that memo, notably including subselect.c's processing of outer-level
aggregates.  This resulted in assertion failures or wrong plans for
cases in which a GROUPING() construct references an outer aggregation
level.

Also fix missing special cases for GroupingFunc in cost_qual_eval
(resulting in wrong cost estimates for GROUPING(), although it's
not clear that that would affect plan shapes in practice) and in
ruleutils.c (resulting in excess parentheses in pretty-print mode).

Per bug #17088 from Yaoguang Chen.  Back-patch to all supported
branches.

Richard Guo, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17088-e33882b387de7f5c@postgresql.org
2022-03-21 17:44:29 -04:00
Andres Freund 13619598f1 pgstat: split different types of stats into separate files.
pgstat.c is very long, and it's hard to find an order that makes sense and is
likely to be maintained over time. Splitting the different pieces into
separate files makes that a lot easier.

With a few exceptions, this commit just moves code around. Those exceptions
are:
- adding file headers for new files
- removing 'static' from functions
- adapting pgstat_assert_is_up() to work across TUs
- minor comment adjustments
git diff --color-moved=dimmed-zebra is very helpful separating code movement
from code changes.

The next commit in this series will reorder pgstat.[ch] contents to be a bit
more coherent.

Earlier revisions of this patch had "global" statistics (archiver, bgwriter,
checkpointer, replication slots, SLRU, WAL) in one file, because each seemed
small enough. However later commits will increase their size and their
aggregate size is not insubstantial. It also just seems easier to split each
type of statistic into its own file.

Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-03-21 12:02:25 -07:00
Tom Lane 1f8bc44868 Remove workarounds for avoiding [U]INT64_FORMAT in translatable strings.
Further code simplification along the same lines as d914eb347
and earlier patches.

Aleksander Alekseev, Japin Li

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMSKi3Xs8h5MP38XOnQQpBLazJvVxVfPn++roitDJcR7g@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-21 11:11:55 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera ba9a7e3921
Enforce foreign key correctly during cross-partition updates
When an update on a partitioned table referenced in foreign key
constraints causes a row to move from one partition to another,
the fact that the move is implemented as a delete followed by an insert
on the target partition causes the foreign key triggers to have
surprising behavior.  For example, a given foreign key's delete trigger
which implements the ON DELETE CASCADE clause of that key will delete
any referencing rows when triggered for that internal DELETE, although
it should not, because the referenced row is simply being moved from one
partition of the referenced root partitioned table into another, not
being deleted from it.

This commit teaches trigger.c to skip queuing such delete trigger events
on the leaf partitions in favor of an UPDATE event fired on the root
target relation.  Doing so is sensible because both the old and the new
tuple "logically" belong to the root relation.

The after trigger event queuing interface now allows passing the source
and the target partitions of a particular cross-partition update when
registering the update event for the root partitioned table.  Along with
the two ctids of the old and the new tuple, the after trigger event now
also stores the OIDs of those partitions. The tuples fetched from the
source and the target partitions are converted into the root table
format, if necessary, before they are passed to the trigger function.

The implementation currently has a limitation that only the foreign keys
pointing into the query's target relation are considered, not those of
its sub-partitioned partitions.  That seems like a reasonable
limitation, because it sounds rare to have distinct foreign keys
pointing to sub-partitioned partitions instead of to the root table.

This misbehavior stems from commit f56f8f8da6 (which added support for
foreign keys to reference partitioned tables) not paying sufficient
attention to commit 2f17844104 (which had introduced cross-partition
updates a year earlier).  Even though the former commit goes back to
Postgres 12, we're not backpatching this fix at this time for fear of
destabilizing things too much, and because there are a few ABI breaks in
it that we'd have to work around in older branches.  It also depends on
commit f4566345cf, which had its own share of backpatchability issues
as well.

Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Eduard Català <eduard.catala@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFvkBCmfwkQX_yBqv2Wz8ugUGiBDxum8=WvVbfU1TXaNg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAL54xNZsLwEM1XCk5yW9EqaRzsZYHuWsHQkA2L5MOSKXAwviCQ@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-20 18:43:40 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut 3a671e1f7c Fix global ICU collations for ICU < 54
createdb() didn't check for collation attributes validity, which has
to be done explicitly on ICU < 54.  It also forgot to close the ICU collator
opened during the check which leaks some memory.

To fix both, add a new check_icu_locale() that does all the appropriate
verification and close the ICU collator.

initdb also had some partial check for ICU < 54.  To have consistent error
reporting across major ICU versions, and get rid of the need to include ucol.h,
remove the partial check there.  The backend will report an error if needed
during the post-boostrap iniitialization phase.

Author: Julien Rouhaud <julien.rouhaud@free.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220319041459.qqqiqh335sga5ezj@jrouhaud
2022-03-20 10:21:45 +01:00
Tom Lane 068739fb4f Fix incorrect xmlschema output for types timetz and timestamptz.
The output of table_to_xmlschema() and allied functions includes
a regex describing valid values for these types ... but the regex
was itself invalid, as it failed to escape a literal "+" sign.

Report and fix by Renan Soares Lopes.  Back-patch to all
supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7f6fabaa-3f8f-49ab-89ca-59fbfe633105@me.com
2022-03-18 16:01:42 -04:00
Robert Haas 39f0c4bd67 Refactor code for reading and writing relation map files.
Restructure things so that the functions which update the global
variables shared_map and local_map are separate from the functions
which just read and write relation map files without touching any
global variables.

In the new structure of things, write_relmap_file() writes a relmap
file but no longer performs global variable updates. A symmetric
function read_relmap_file() that just reads a file without changing
any global variables is added, and load_relmap_file(), which does
change the global variables, uses it as a subroutine.

Because write_relmap_file() no longer updates shared_map and
local_map, that logic is moved to perform_relmap_update(). However,
no similar logic is added to relmap_redo() even though it also calls
write_relmap_file(). That's because recovery must not rely on the
contents of the relation map, and therefore there is no need to
initialize it. In fact, doing so seems like a mistake, because we
might then manage to rely on the in-memory map where we shouldn't.

Patch by me, based on earlier work by Dilip Kumar. Reviewed by
Ashutosh Sharma.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobQLgrt4AXsc0ru7aFFkzv=9fS-Q_yO69=k9WY67RCctg@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-17 13:21:07 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut f2553d4306 Add option to use ICU as global locale provider
This adds the option to use ICU as the default locale provider for
either the whole cluster or a database.  New options for initdb,
createdb, and CREATE DATABASE are used to select this.

Since some (legacy) code still uses the libc locale facilities
directly, we still need to set the libc global locale settings even if
ICU is otherwise selected.  So pg_database now has three
locale-related fields: the existing datcollate and datctype, which are
always set, and a new daticulocale, which is only set if ICU is
selected.  A similar change is made in pg_collation for consistency,
but in that case, only the libc-related fields or the ICU-related
field is set, never both.

Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5e756dd6-0e91-d778-96fd-b1bcb06c161a%402ndquadrant.com
2022-03-17 11:13:16 +01:00
Michael Paquier f6f0db4d62 Fix pg_tablespace_location() with in-place tablespaces
Using this system function with an in-place tablespace (created when
allow_in_place_tablespaces is enabled by specifying an empty string as
location) caused a failure when using readlink(), as the tablespace is,
in this case, not a symbolic link in pg_tblspc/ but a directory.

Rather than getting a failure, the commit changes
pg_tablespace_location() so as a relative path to the data directory is
returned for in-place tablespaces, to make a difference between
tablespaces created when allow_in_place_tablespaces is enabled or not.
Getting a path rather than an empty string that would match the CREATE
TABLESPACE command in this case is more useful for tests that would like
to rely on this function.

While on it, a regression test is added for this case.  This is simple
to add in the main regression test suite thanks to regexp_replace() to
mask the part of the tablespace location dependent on its OID.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YiG1RleON1WBcLnX@paquier.xyz
2022-03-17 11:25:02 +09:00
Thomas Munro 3390ef1b7b Fix waiting in RegisterSyncRequest().
If we run out of space in the checkpointer sync request queue (which is
hopefully rare on real systems, but common with very small buffer pool),
we wait for it to drain.  While waiting, we should report that as a wait
event so that users know what is going on, and also handle postmaster
death, since otherwise the loop might never terminate if the
checkpointer has exited.

Back-patch to 12.  Although the problem exists in earlier releases too,
the code is structured differently before 12 so I haven't gone any
further for now, in the absence of field complaints.

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220226213942.nb7uvb2pamyu26dj%40alap3.anarazel.de
2022-03-16 15:35:16 +13:00
Thomas Munro 5e6368b42e Wake up for latches in CheckpointWriteDelay().
The checkpointer shouldn't ignore its latch.  Other backends may be
waiting for it to drain the request queue.  Hopefully real systems don't
have a full queue often, but the condition is reached easily when
shared_buffers is small.

This involves defining a new wait event, which will appear in the
pg_stat_activity view often due to spread checkpoints.

Back-patch only to 14.  Even though the problem exists in earlier
branches too, it's hard to hit there.  In 14 we stopped using signal
handlers for latches on Linux, *BSD and macOS, which were previously
hiding this problem by interrupting the sleep (though not reliably, as
the signal could arrive before the sleep begins; precisely the problem
latches address).

Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220226213942.nb7uvb2pamyu26dj%40alap3.anarazel.de
2022-03-16 13:57:59 +13:00
Michael Paquier 6bdf1a1400 Fix collection of typos in the code and the documentation
Some words were duplicated while other places were grammatically
incorrect, including one variable name in the code.

Author: Otto Kekalainen, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7DDBEFC5-09B6-4325-B942-B563D1A24BDC@amazon.com
2022-03-15 11:29:35 +09:00
Robert Haas 9dde82899c Support "of", "tzh", and "tzm" format codes.
The upper case versions "OF", "TZH", and "TZM" are already supported,
and all other format codes that are supported in upper case are also
supported in lower case, so we should support these as well for
consistency.

Nitin Jadhav, with a tiny cosmetic change by me. Reviewed by Suraj
Kharage and David Zhang.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWZ-oZyKd75+8D=VJ0sAoSwtdXWLP-MAWD4D8R1Dgandzw@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-14 16:50:54 -04:00
Tom Lane 641f3dffcd Restore the previous semantics of get_constraint_index().
Commit 8b069ef5d changed this function to look at pg_constraint.conindid
rather than searching pg_depend.  That was a good performance improvement,
but it failed to preserve the exact semantics.  The old code would only
return an index that was "owned by" (internally dependent on) the
specified constraint, whereas the new code will also return indexes that
are just referenced by foreign key constraints.  This confuses ALTER
TABLE, which was implicitly expecting the previous semantics, into
failing with errors like
    ERROR:  relation 146621 has multiple clustered indexes
or
    ERROR:  "pk_attbl" is not an index for table "atref"

We can fix this without reverting the performance improvement by adding
a contype check in get_constraint_index().  Another way could be to
make ALTER TABLE check it, but I'm worried that extension code could
also have subtle dependencies on the old semantics.

Tom Lane and Japin Li, per bug #17409 from Holly Roberts.
Back-patch to v14 where the error crept in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17409-52871dda8b5741cb@postgresql.org
2022-03-11 13:47:29 -05:00
Michael Paquier e9537321a7 Add support for zstd with compression of full-page writes in WAL
wal_compression gains a new value, "zstd", to allow the compression of
full-page images using the compression method of the same name.

Compression is done using the default level recommended by the library,
as of ZSTD_CLEVEL_DEFAULT = 3.  Some benchmarking has shown that it
could make sense to use a level lower for the FPI compression, like 1 or
2, as the compression rate did not change much with a bit less CPU
consumed, but any tests done would only cover few scenarios so it is
hard to come to a clear conclusion.  Anyway, there is no reason to not
use the default level instead, which is the level recommended by the
library so it should be fine for most cases.

zstd outclasses easily pglz, and is better than LZ4 where one wants to
have more compression at the cost of extra CPU but both are good enough
in their own scenarios, so the choice between one or the other of these
comes to a study of the workload patterns and the schema involved,
mainly.

This commit relies heavily on 4035cd5, that reshaped the code creating
and restoring full-page writes to be aware of the compression type,
making this integration straight-forward.

This patch borrows some early work from Andrey Borodin, though the patch
got a complete rewrite.

Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220222231948.GJ9008@telsasoft.com
2022-03-11 12:18:53 +09:00
Michael Paquier 9e98583898 Create routine able to set single-call SRFs for Materialize mode
Set-returning functions that use the Materialize mode, creating a
tuplestore to include all the tuples returned in a set rather than doing
so in multiple calls, use roughly the same set of steps to prepare
ReturnSetInfo for this job:
- Check if ReturnSetInfo supports returning a tuplestore and if the
materialize mode is enabled.
- Create a tuplestore for all the tuples part of the returned set in the
per-query memory context, stored in ReturnSetInfo->setResult.
- Build a tuple descriptor mostly from get_call_result_type(), then
stored in ReturnSetInfo->setDesc.  Note that there are some cases where
the SRF's tuple descriptor has to be the one specified by the function
caller.

This refactoring is done so as there are (well, should be) no behavior
changes in any of the in-core functions refactored, and the centralized
function that checks and sets up the function's ReturnSetInfo can be
controlled with a set of bits32 options.  Two of them prove to be
necessary now:
- SRF_SINGLE_USE_EXPECTED to use expectedDesc as tuple descriptor, as
expected by the function's caller.
- SRF_SINGLE_BLESS to validate the tuple descriptor for the SRF.

The same initialization pattern is simplified in 28 places per my
count as of src/backend/, shaving up to ~900 lines of code.  These
mostly come from the removal of the per-query initializations and the
sanity checks now grouped in a single location.  There are more
locations that could be simplified in contrib/, that are left for a
follow-up cleanup.

fcc2817, 07daca5 and d61a361 have prepared the areas of the code related
to this change, to ease this refactoring.

Author: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-07 10:26:29 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut 791b1b71da Parse/analyze function renaming
There are three parallel ways to call parse/analyze: with fixed
parameters, with variable parameters, and by supplying your own parser
callback.  Some of the involved functions were confusingly named and
made this API structure more confusing.  This patch renames some
functions to make this clearer:

parse_analyze() -> parse_analyze_fixedparams()
pg_analyze_and_rewrite() -> pg_analyze_and_rewrite_fixedparams()

(Otherwise one might think this variant doesn't accept parameters, but
in fact all three ways accept parameters.)

pg_analyze_and_rewrite_params() -> pg_analyze_and_rewrite_withcb()

(Before, and also when considering pg_analyze_and_rewrite(), one might
think this is the only way to pass parameters.  Moreover, the parser
callback doesn't necessarily need to parse only parameters, it's just
one of the things it could do.)

parse_fixed_parameters() -> setup_parse_fixed_parameters()
parse_variable_parameters() -> setup_parse_variable_parameters()

(These functions don't actually do any parsing, they just set up
callbacks to use during parsing later.)

This patch also adds some const decorations to the fixed-parameters
API, so the distinction from the variable-parameters API is more
clear.

Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c67ce276-52b4-0239-dc0e-39875bf81840@enterprisedb.com
2022-03-04 14:50:22 +01:00
Tom Lane f7ea240aa7 Tighten overflow checks in tidin().
This code seems to have been written on the assumption that
"unsigned long" is 32 bits; or at any rate it ignored the
possibility of conversion overflow.  Rewrite, borrowing some
logic from oidin().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3441768.1646343914@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-03-03 20:04:35 -05:00
Tom Lane 46ab07ffda Clean up assorted failures under clang's -fsanitize=undefined checks.
Most of these are cases where we could call memcpy() or other libc
functions with a NULL pointer and a zero count, which is forbidden
by POSIX even though every production version of libc allows it.
We've fixed such things before in a piecemeal way, but apparently
never made an effort to try to get them all.  I don't claim that
this patch does so either, but it gets every failure I observe in
check-world, using clang 12.0.1 on current RHEL8.

numeric.c has a different issue that the sanitizer doesn't like:
"ln(-1.0)" will compute log10(0) and then try to assign the
resulting -Inf to an integer variable.  We don't actually use the
result in such a case, so there's no live bug.

Back-patch to all supported branches, with the idea that we might
start running a buildfarm member that tests this case.  This includes
back-patching c1132aae3 (Check the size in COPY_POINTER_FIELD),
which previously silenced some of these issues in copyfuncs.c.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vT9r0DSsAOw9OXVJFxLENoVS_68kJ5x0p44atoYH+H4dg@mail.gmail.com
2022-03-03 18:13:24 -05:00
Amit Kapila 7a85073290 Reconsider pg_stat_subscription_workers view.
It was decided (refer to the Discussion link below) that the stats
collector is not an appropriate place to store the error information of
subscription workers.

This patch changes the pg_stat_subscription_workers view (introduced by
commit 8d74fc96db) so that it stores only statistics counters:
apply_error_count and sync_error_count, and has one entry for
each subscription. The removed error information such as error-XID and
the error message would be stored in another way in the future which is
more reliable and persistent.

After removing these error details, there is no longer any relation
information, so the subscription statistics are now a cluster-wide
statistics.

The patch also changes the view name to pg_stat_subscription_stats since
the word "worker" is an implementation detail that we use one worker for
one tablesync and one apply.

Author: Masahiko Sawada, based on suggestions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Haiying Tang, Takamichi Osumi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220125063131.4cmvsxbz2tdg6g65@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-03-01 06:17:52 +05:30
Tom Lane 54bd1e43ca Handle integer overflow in interval justification functions.
justify_interval, justify_hours, and justify_days didn't check for
overflow when promoting hours to days or days to months; but that's
possible when the upper field's value is already large.  Detect and
report any such overflow.

Also, we can avoid unnecessary overflow in some cases in justify_interval
by pre-justifying the days field.  (Thanks to Nathan Bossart for this
idea.)

Joe Koshakow

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHeNqsJ2xYFbPUf_8nNQUiJqkag04NW6aBQQ0dbZsxfWHA@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-28 15:36:54 -05:00
Tom Lane 2e517818f4 Fix SPI's handling of errors during transaction commit.
SPI_commit previously left it up to the caller to recover from any error
occurring during commit.  Since that's complicated and requires use of
low-level xact.c facilities, it's not too surprising that no caller got
it right.  Let's move the responsibility for cleanup into spi.c.  Doing
that requires redefining SPI_commit as starting a new transaction, so
that it becomes equivalent to SPI_commit_and_chain except that you get
default transaction characteristics instead of preserving the prior
transaction's characteristics.  We can make this pretty transparent
API-wise by redefining SPI_start_transaction() as a no-op.  Callers
that expect to do something in between might be surprised, but
available evidence is that no callers do so.

Having made that API redefinition, we can fix this mess by having
SPI_commit[_and_chain] trap errors and start a new, clean transaction
before re-throwing the error.  Likewise for SPI_rollback[_and_chain].
Some cleanup is also needed in AtEOXact_SPI, which was nowhere near
smart enough to deal with SPI contexts nested inside a committing
context.

While plperl and pltcl need no changes beyond removing their now-useless
SPI_start_transaction() calls, plpython needs some more work because it
hadn't gotten the memo about catching commit/rollback errors in the
first place.  Such an error resulted in longjmp'ing out of the Python
interpreter, which leaks Python stack entries at present and is reported
to crash Python 3.11 altogether.  Add the missing logic to catch such
errors and convert them into Python exceptions.

We are probably going to have to back-patch this once Python 3.11 ships,
but it's a sufficiently basic change that I'm a bit nervous about doing
so immediately.  Let's let it bake awhile in HEAD first.

Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3375ffd8-d71c-2565-e348-a597d6e739e3@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17416-ed8fe5d7213d6c25@postgresql.org
2022-02-28 12:45:36 -05:00
Dean Rasheed d1b307eef2 Optimise numeric division for one and two base-NBASE digit divisors.
Formerly div_var() had "fast path" short division code that was
significantly faster when the divisor was just one base-NBASE digit,
but otherwise used long division.

This commit adds a new function div_var_int() that divides by an
arbitrary 32-bit integer, using the fast short division algorithm, and
updates both div_var() and div_var_fast() to use it for one and two
digit divisors. In the case of div_var(), this is slightly faster in
the one-digit case, because it avoids some digit array copying, and is
much faster in the two-digit case where it replaces long division. For
div_var_fast(), it is much faster in both cases because the main
div_var_fast() algorithm is optimised for larger inputs.

Additionally, optimise exp() and ln() by using div_var_int(), allowing
a NumericVar to be replaced by an int in a couple of places, most
notably in the Taylor series code. This produces a significant speedup
of exp(), ln() and the numeric_big regression test.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-27 11:12:30 +00:00
Dean Rasheed d996d648f3 Simplify the inner loop of numeric division in div_var().
In the standard numeric division algorithm, the inner loop multiplies
the divisor by the next quotient digit and subtracts that from the
working dividend. As suggested by the original code comment, the
separate "carry" and "borrow" variables (from the multiplication and
subtraction steps respectively) can be folded together into a single
variable. Doing so significantly improves performance, as well as
simplifying the code.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-27 10:41:12 +00:00
Dean Rasheed e3d41d08a1 Apply auto-vectorization to the inner loop of div_var_fast().
This loop is basically the same as the inner loop of mul_var(), which
was auto-vectorized in commit 8870917623, but the compiler will only
consider auto-vectorizing the div_var_fast() loop if the assignment
target div[qi + i] is replaced by div_qi[i], where div_qi = &div[qi].

Additionally, since the compiler doesn't know that qdigit is
guaranteed to fit in a 16-bit NumericDigit, cast it to NumericDigit
before multiplying to make the resulting auto-vectorized code more
efficient (avoiding unnecessary multiplication of the high 16 bits).

While at it, per suggestion from Tom Lane, change var1digit in
mul_var() to be a NumericDigit rather than an int for the same
reason. This actually makes no difference with modern gcc, but it
might help other compilers generate more efficient assembly.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-27 10:15:46 +00:00
Andres Freund fe0972ee5e Add further debug info to help debug 019_replslot_limit.pl failures.
See also afdeff1052. Failures after that commit provided a few more hints,
but not yet enough to understand what's going on.

In 019_replslot_limit.pl shut down nodes with fast instead of immediate mode
if we observe the failure mode. That should tell us whether the failures we're
observing are just a timing issue under high load. PGCTLTIMEOUT should prevent
buildfarm animals from hanging endlessly.

Also adds a bit more logging to replication slot drop and ShutdownPostgres().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220225192941.hqnvefgdzaro6gzg@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-02-25 17:04:39 -08:00
Michael Paquier e77216fcb0 Simplify more checks related to set-returning functions
This makes more consistent the SRF-related checks in the area of
PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl, PL/Tcl, pageinspect and some of the JSON worker
functions, making it easier to grep for the same error patterns through
the code, reducing a bit the translation work.

It is worth noting that each_worker_jsonb()/each_worker() in jsonfuncs.c
and pageinspect's brin_page_items() were doing a check on expectedDesc
that is not required as they fetch their tuple descriptor directly from
get_call_result_type().  This looks like a set of copy-paste errors that
have spread over the years.

This commit is a continuation of the changes begun in 07daca5, for any
remaining code paths on sight.  Like fcc2817, this makes the code more
consistent, easing the integration of a larger patch that will refactor
the way tuplestores are created and checked in a good portion of the
set-returning functions present in core.

I have worked my way through the changes of this patch by myself, and
Ranier has proposed the same changes in a different thread in parallel,
though there were some inconsistencies related in expectedDesc in what
was proposed by him.

Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApm=AFuJjEHLBjBcJbxcw4pBMwg2sHwXyCXYcbBOj3hpg@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-24 16:54:59 +09:00
Michael Paquier fcc28178c6 Clean up and simplify code in a couple of set-returning functions
The following set-returning functions have their logic simplified, to be
more consistent with other in-core areas:
- pg_prepared_statement()'s tuple descriptor is now created with
get_call_result_type() instead of being created from scratch, saving
from some duplication with pg_proc.dat.
- show_all_file_settings(), similarly, now uses get_call_result_type()
to build its tuple descriptor instead of creating it from scratch.
- pg_options_to_table() made use of a static routine called only once.
This commit removes this internal routine to make the function easier to
follow.
- pg_config() was using a unique logic style, doing checks on the tuple
descriptor passed down in expectedDesc, but it has no need to do so.
This switches the function to use a tuplestore with a tuple descriptor
retrieved from get_call_result_type(), instead.

This simplifies an upcoming patch aimed at refactoring the way
tuplestores are created and checked in set-returning functions, this
change making sense as its own independent cleanup by shaving some
code.

Author: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-24 16:11:34 +09:00
Tom Lane bd74c4037c Re-allow underscore as first character of custom GUC names.
Commit 3db826bd5 intended that valid_custom_variable_name's
rules for valid identifiers match those of scan.l.  However,
I (tgl) had some kind of brain fade and put "_" in the wrong
list.

Fix by Japin Li, per bug #17415 from Daniel Polski.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17415-ebdb683d7e09a51c@postgresql.org
2022-02-23 11:10:46 -05:00
Amit Kapila 52e4f0cd47 Allow specifying row filters for logical replication of tables.
This feature adds row filtering for publication tables. When a publication
is defined or modified, an optional WHERE clause can be specified. Rows
that don't satisfy this WHERE clause will be filtered out. This allows a
set of tables to be partially replicated. The row filter is per table. A
new row filter can be added simply by specifying a WHERE clause after the
table name. The WHERE clause must be enclosed by parentheses.

The row filter WHERE clause for a table added to a publication that
publishes UPDATE and/or DELETE operations must contain only columns that
are covered by REPLICA IDENTITY. The row filter WHERE clause for a table
added to a publication that publishes INSERT can use any column. If the
row filter evaluates to NULL, it is regarded as "false". The WHERE clause
only allows simple expressions that don't have user-defined functions,
user-defined operators, user-defined types, user-defined collations,
non-immutable built-in functions, or references to system columns. These
restrictions could be addressed in the future.

If you choose to do the initial table synchronization, only data that
satisfies the row filters is copied to the subscriber. If the subscription
has several publications in which a table has been published with
different WHERE clauses, rows that satisfy ANY of the expressions will be
copied. If a subscriber is a pre-15 version, the initial table
synchronization won't use row filters even if they are defined in the
publisher.

The row filters are applied before publishing the changes. If the
subscription has several publications in which the same table has been
published with different filters (for the same publish operation), those
expressions get OR'ed together so that rows satisfying any of the
expressions will be replicated.

This means all the other filters become redundant if (a) one of the
publications have no filter at all, (b) one of the publications was
created using FOR ALL TABLES, (c) one of the publications was created
using FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA and the table belongs to that same schema.

If your publication contains a partitioned table, the publication
parameter publish_via_partition_root determines if it uses the partition's
row filter (if the parameter is false, the default) or the root
partitioned table's row filter.

Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> will display any row filters.

Author: Hou Zhijie, Euler Taveira, Peter Smith, Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Haiying Tang, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Wei Wang
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAHE3wggb715X%2BmK_DitLXF25B%3DjE6xyNCH4YOwM860JR7HarGQ%40mail.gmail.com
2022-02-22 08:11:50 +05:30
Michael Paquier ebf6c5249b Add compute_query_id = regress
"regress" is a new mode added to compute_query_id aimed at facilitating
regression testing when a module computing query IDs is loaded into the
backend, like pg_stat_statements.  It works the same way as "auto",
meaning that query IDs are computed if a module enables it, except that
query IDs are hidden in EXPLAIN outputs to ensure regression output
stability.

Like any GUCs of the kind (force_parallel_mode, etc.), this new
configuration can be added to an instance's postgresql.conf, or just
passed down with PGOPTIONS at command level.  compute_query_id uses an
enum for its set of option values, meaning that this addition ensures
ABI compatibility.

Using this new configuration mode allows installcheck-world to pass when
running the tests on an instance with pg_stat_statements enabled,
stabilizing the test output while checking the paths doing query ID
computations.

Reported-by: Anton Melnikov
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1634283396.372373993@f75.i.mail.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YgHlxgc/OimuPYhH@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 14
2022-02-22 10:22:15 +09:00
Tom Lane 88103567cb Disallow setting bogus GUCs within an extension's reserved namespace.
Commit 75d22069e tried to throw a warning for setting a custom GUC whose
prefix belongs to a previously-loaded extension, if there is no such GUC
defined by the extension.  But that caused unstable behavior with
parallel workers, because workers don't necessarily load extensions and
GUCs in the same order their leader did.  To make that work safely, we
have to completely disallow the case.  We now actually remove any such
GUCs at the time of initial extension load, and then throw an error not
just a warning if you try to add one later.  While this might create a
compatibility issue for a few people, the improvement in error-detection
capability seems worth it; it's hard to believe that there's any good
use-case for choosing such GUC names.

This also un-reverts 5609cc01c (Rename EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders() to
MarkGUCPrefixReserved()), since that function's old name is now even
more of a misnomer.

Florin Irion and Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1902182.1640711215@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-02-21 14:10:43 -05:00
Andres Freund 2776922201 Assert in init_toast_snapshot() that some snapshot registered or active.
Commit <FIXME> fixed the bug that RemoveTempRelationsCallback() did not
push/register a snapshot. That only went unnoticed because often a valid
catalog snapshot exists and is returned by GetOldestSnapshot(). But due to
invalidation processing that is not reliable.

Thus assert in init_toast_snapshot() that there is a registered or active
snapshot, using the new HaveRegisteredOrActiveSnapshot().

Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220219180002.6tubjq7iw7m52bgd@alap3.anarazel.de
2022-02-21 08:58:29 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut 5c868c92ca Fix possible null pointer reference
Per Coverity.  Introduced in 37851a8b83.
2022-02-21 09:42:46 +01:00
Andres Freund fbabdf8f9a Fix meaning-changing typo introduced in fa0e03c15a. 2022-02-20 13:51:36 -08:00
John Naylor 4b35408f1e Use bitwise rotate functions in more places
There were a number of places in the code that used bespoke bit-twiddling
expressions to do bitwise rotation. While we've had pg_rotate_right32()
for a while now, we hadn't gotten around to standardizing on that. Do so
now. Since many potential call sites look more natural with the "left"
equivalent, add that function too.

Reviewed by Tom Lane and Yugo Nagata

Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsH7c1LC0CGZ0ADCBXLHU5-%3DKNXx-r7tHYPAW51b2HK4Qw%40mail.gmail.com
2022-02-20 13:22:08 +07:00
Michael Paquier 07daca53bf Fix inconsistencies in SRF checks of pg_config() and string_to_table()
The execution paths of those functions have been using a set of checks
inconsistent with any other SRF function:
- string_to_table() missed a check on expectedDesc, the tuple descriptor
expected by the caller, that should never be NULL.  Introduced in
66f1630.
- pg_config() should check for a ReturnSetInfo, and expectedDesc cannot
be NULL.  Its error messages were also inconsistent.  Introduced in
a5c43b8.

Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, in preparation for a
larger patch set aimed at refactoring the way tuplestores are created
and checked in SRF functions.

Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-19 14:58:51 +09:00
Tom Lane de447bb8e6 Suppress warning about stack_base_ptr with late-model GCC.
GCC 12 complains that set_stack_base is storing the address of
a local variable in a long-lived pointer.  This is an entirely
reasonable warning (indeed, it just helped us find a bug);
but that behavior is intentional here.  We can work around it
by using __builtin_frame_address(0) instead of a specific local
variable; that produces an address a dozen or so bytes different,
in my testing, but we don't care about such a small difference.
Maybe someday a compiler lacking that function will start to issue
a similar warning, but we'll worry about that when it happens.

Patch by me, per a suggestion from Andres Freund.  Back-patch to
v12, which is as far back as the patch will go without some pain.
(Recently-established project policy would permit a back-patch as
far as 9.2, but I'm disinclined to expend the work until GCC 12
is much more widespread.)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3773792.1645141467@sss.pgh.pa.us
2022-02-17 22:46:01 -05:00
Peter Geoghegan 8f388f6f55 Increase hash_mem_multiplier default to 2.0.
Double the default setting for hash_mem_multiplier, from 1.0 to 2.0.
This setting makes hash-based executor nodes use twice the usual
work_mem limit.

The PostgreSQL 15 release notes should have a compatibility note about
this change.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzndc_ROk6CY-bC6p9O53q974Y0Ey4WX8jcPbuTZYM4Q3A@mail.gmail.com
2022-02-16 18:41:52 -08:00